Home

Intermec CN2B User's Manual

Contents

1. 82 Migrating from Another Computer si sauri 83 stalin Cabinet Files rata ili etti Pee case ed ze 83 Personal Area Networks A penale eri 86 AboutciheAppi aioi sei ale ei 86 Mode resaca dieta Li lhi 86 Wireless LONAS eccesso ti oe eases prodotta 87 opere estresado oda eater 87 Pile Trani A E 88 Connecting with Bluetooth sepais tddi dP eae eed aaron 88 Ocal Area Networks ES A LIRE OSE ihe ce bees 92 Configuring USB Communications id grid Mead tee aera 93 Configuring 802 11b g Radio Communications LL 93 Configuring the Network Parameters for a TCP IP Network 93 Configuring the Network Parameters for a UDP Plus Network 93 Nennok adapter potica nido ad add daba et Li 94 Wireless 802 11 Communications 000 cece eee ee eee 94 No Nemorino secs estes cae lia Si ee ead 95 Network Selection APIS iii rh 95 Newoik COMNECHONS cositarzosra sine a ba sasso satana 95 viii CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Contents Creating a Wireless Network Connection LL 96 PUTO OCP ah te ae a eh oid ee bei ta don ca e aa 99 Wide Area INetWOrkSs 420 844 toe Shut 2S or AEE EMER SSR AIAR 100 Remote Access Modems xii AeA a erie bad Aw e o HAS EWA WHEE ES HER EES 100 Connecting to an Internet Service Provider ISP LL 0005 101 Contesto to Won raso ced ine o o ed lesi A 103 Creating a VPN Server Connection to Work 105 Ending 4 Connection serenidad ede bine lee ella i 107 METEO NCD
2. Enter your unique User Name to use this protocol Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to automatically use the protocol without entering a password Tap Additional Settings to set options for PAC management and assign an anonymous EAP FAST name page 212 Ea Profile Wizard 4 aft 2 53 ok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit EAP FAST Association Encryption Password DI Prompt for password Use following password Additional Settings To Enable EAP FAST with WPA Encryption 1 Set 8021x Security as EAP FAST and Association to WPA page 197 Enter your unique User Name to use this protocol Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to automatically use the protocol without entering a password Tap Additional Settings to set options for PAC management and assign an anonymous EAP FAST name page 212 E Profile Wizard e ok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit EAP FAST Association Encryption Password O Prompt for password Use Following password Additional Settings CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings To Enable EAP FAST with WPA Encryption 1 Set 8021x Security as EAP FAST and Association to WPA2
3. Send Email Beam Contact liNda mayo e Tap to see additional phone s and email addresses Beam Contact Delete Contact ha 4 Mayer Jenny Mmjenkiwao Retchless N nathan retchlessia Ross Marla marla ross uiowa Tap and hold to display a pop up menu Roush Rebe iowaspinner yaho elarde Sus Susan Yelarde ad New Yiew Tools Tap to toggle between Name and Company views Creating a Contact 1 Tap New then use the input panel to enter a name and other contact information Scroll down to see all available fields 2 To assign the contact to a category scroll to and tap Categories then select a category from the list which can display contacts by category 44 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 3 To add notes tap the Notes tab You can enter text draw or create a recording For more information on creating notes see Notes Captur ing Thoughts and Ideas on page 52 4 When finished tap OK to return to the contact list nti Contacts 4 aff 3 59 ok Name Job title Department Company Work tel Work Fax Work addr E mail Mobile tel Use Notes to store additional information Web page Office loc Scroll to see more fields Home tel Home addr Details Notes Synchronizing Contacts Contacts stored on your device can be synchronized with Outlook contacts stored on your desktop or with Mobile Information Se
4. Show icons Al Ol ET a e 2 Send meeting requests via ActiveSync r To choose how you are reminded for example by a sound tap Start gt Set tings gt the Personal tab gt the Sounds amp Notifications icon Sounds amp Notifications Adding a Note to an Appointment You can add written or typed notes and even recordings if your device sup ports recordings to an appointment This is a good place for maps draw ings and other detailed information 1 In the calendar tap the appointment then tap Edit 40 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 2 Tap the Notes tab to enter notes For specific instructions tap Start gt Help gt Notes to see Notes Help 55 Calendar odias Controls for the recorder u ee m je Use the stylus to write or draw information here Tap to activate onscreen keyboard Tap to activate writing pad Tap to activate recorder Note To edit an existing note tap the appointment in the calendar tap Edit then tap the Notes tab Making an Appointment Recurring Do the following to make a recurring appointment 1 In the calendar tap the appointment then tap Edit 2 Tap Occurs and select a pattern from the list Or to create a new pat tern tap lt Edit pattern gt and follow the steps in the wizard pami Calendar 4 PETE ok Subject Batch Recall Location Starts 92905 12 00PM Ends 92905 1 00PM All Day NO R
5. GetTXPower Call this function to get the current transmit power of the radio UINT GetTXPower ULONG e NDIS_POWER_LEVEL_63 63 mW 30 mW 15 mW 5 mW 1 mW Unknown Value or Error ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT FAILED if a connection with the radio failed If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your ULONG reference is populated with the TX power in mil liwatts mW Valid ranges are from 5 mW to 100 mW ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetTXPower ULONG amp else UINT GetTXPower ULONG amp endif GetWepStatus Call this to get the current state of the radio s WEP and encryption levels UINT GetWepStatus ULONG amp NDIS_ENCRYPTION_1_ ENABLED WEP enabled TKIP AES not enabled and transmit key may or may not be available NDIS_ENCRYPTION_DISABLED Indicates AES TKIP WEP disabled and trans mit key available NDIS_ENCRYPTION_NOT_SUPPORTED Indicates WEP TKIP AES not supported NDIS_ENCRYPTION_1 KEY ABSENT Indicates AES TKIP WEP disabled and trans mit key not available NDIS_ENCRYPTION_2 ENABLED Indicates TKIP WEP enabled AES not enabled and transmit key available NDIS_ENCRYPTION_2_KEY_ABSENT Indicates no transmit keys available for TKIP WEP TKIP WEP enabled AES not enabled NDIS_ENCRYPTION_3_ ENABLED Indicates AES TKIP WEP enabled and trans mit key available NDIS_ENCRYPTION_3 KEY ABSENT Indicates no transmit keys
6. New Tools AGE EX What s a Recurrence Pattern Ifyou have an appointment or task that you do on a regular basis such as a weekly team meeting or a monthly status report enter the item once and set a recurrence pattern for it If the default patterns in the list are not what you need you can create your own pattern using the wizard Calendar Er af 11 27 ok subject Staff Meeting Location Tech Comm table Starts DOO AM A Ends 10 00 AM id alba NO Select your recurrence pattern from this drop down list Occurs Every Wednesday Once ____ Reminder Once ver y 1 un a d nes d a y Select lt Edit pattern gt to access the wizard to Day 28 of every month Categories Every September 28 customize a recurrence Attendees Edit pattern gt Status Busy Sensitivity Normal Appointment CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 37 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 38 Viewing Appointments You can view appointments in one of several views Agenda Day Week and Month In Agenda view upcoming appointments are displayed in bold To see detailed appointment information in any view tap the appointment To see a list of available actions for an appointment tap and hold the appointment Tap Start gt Today to quickly see your appoint ments for the day E Calendar e 11 33 ES Oct 05 05 smtPirrs Staff Meeting This displays the appointment in bold 4 00a 10 00a Tech Comm tab
7. Troubleshooting the CN2B Computer Problems and Solutions These tables offer solutions to the problems you may encounter Problems While Operating the CN2B Computer You press Power to turn on the CN2B and nothing happens You press Power to turn off the CN2B and nothing happens The CN2B Computer is not responding to the stylus You place the CN2B Computer in the communications dock and the Battery light turns on and is orange The CN2B Computer appears locked up and you cannot enter data Solution Try these possible solutions in order 1 Make sure the battery door is installed correctly and completely closed 2 Make sure you have a charged battery installed correctly 3 The battery may be discharged Replace the battery with a spare charged bat tery or charge the battery and try again 4 Perform a warm boot on the CN2B Computer To turn off or suspend the CN2B Compuyter hold the Power key for 2 or 3 seconds then release it If the CN2B Computer is processing data it may not turn off when you press Power Wait until the CN2B Computer finishes processing If the CN2B Computer appears to be locked up perform a warm boot on the CN2B Computer If the CN2B Computer does not respond to a warm boot perform a cold boot Press and hold the Power key for 2 to 3 seconds then release it to turn off the CN2B Computer Press Power again to turn on the CN2B Computer e The temperature may not be within the
8. perce O TCHAR Ct porn 11 ICHAR SO poret Z TERAR Mi Portela TCHAR I I port 4 TCHAR Dore Lol TCHAR C0 hDevice RegisterDevice TEXT LPT 9 TEXT STORAGE CARD WINDOWS NPCPPORT d11 DWORD port Opening the NPCP Driver The application opens the NPCP driver by using the CreateFile function The call can be implemented as follows The first parameter LPT9 must reflect the device name and index used in the RegisterDevice function call and will fail for any of the following reasons PLIG Creater rie ESbPE9 GBRNBREC WRITE GENERIC READ 0 NULL OPEN ALWAYS FILE ATTRIBUTE NORMAL NULL CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 113 Chapter 5 Printer Support e The port associated with the device during RegisterDevice is in use The NPCP device is already open e The share mode is not set to zero The device cannot be shared e Access permissions are not set to GENERIC_WRITE GENERIC_READ Both modes must be specified Closing the NPCP Driver Using the CloseHandle hFile function closes the NPCP driver Where hFile is the handle returned by the CreateFile function call e TRUE the device is successfully closed e FALSE an attempt to close NULL HANDLE or an already closed device Reading from the NPCP Driver Reading of the NPCP printers is not supported since all responses from the printer are the result of commands sent to
9. Battery Notifications E Installing and Charging the Battery Make sure you fully charge the battery before you use your CN2B Com puter To charge the battery you need to install it in the CN2B Computer 1 Push down on the battery door latch pull up on and remove the battery door then set it aside Battery door latch 2 Align the battery contacts then slide the battery into the compartment Press on the battery until it clicks in place then replace the battery door Battery 4 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual AN Caution ES Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer 3 Connect the AC power supply to the power connector on the back of the CN2B Communications Dock and then connect the power cord to the AC power supply You must use only the Intermec power supply approved for use with the CN2B Computer Using any other power supply will damage the CN2B Computer Note For help installing and using the communications dock see the CN2 Communications Dock Quick Start Guide P N 930 061 001 which shipped with the dock 4 Connect the power cord to an AC power outlet The green Power light on the CN2B Communications Dock turns on AC power supply 5 Place the CN2B Computer in the communications dock The battery is fully charged in approximately four hours Removing the Battery AN Caution AN Caution AN Caution CN2B Mobile Co
10. CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual xvii Before You Begin xviii CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 1 Using the CN2B Computer This chapter introduces the CN2B Mobile Computer developed by Inter mec to enhance wireless connectivity needs This chapter contains hard ware and software configuration information to assist you in making the most out of your CN2B Computer t4 Note Desktop icons and applet icons are shown to the left CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 1 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Audio System Speaker A speaker capable of variable volume levels is located on the back of the computer This speaker has a transducer maximum volume of 85 dB at 10 volume is set to Loud maximum or you may damage your hearing Warning Do not place the speaker next to your ear when the speaker Warning Microphone The built in microphone is located on the front left corner of the keypad to the left of the BkSp and O key x 0900 00 W os 1 2 37 Microphone n 42 SS 6 Bs guns gw gu oz YY External Headset Jack The external headset jack connects a mobile phone style headset to your mobile computer for use in noisy environments The jack is a 2 5 mm three conductor jack with autosensing of the headset jack insertion which disables the internal speaker and microphone The external headset jack is Headset Jack 2 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 1 Using the
11. E CabFiles L Persistent Co a System la ignore_my_d 3 21 03 OB E Readmesupp 10 3 05 94B registry 10 4 05 131K E SRO5145001 E PSMinfo 3 21 03 28B 3 21 03 7058 Edit Open J HE E Updating Other Computers in Your Network These instructions assume you have Windows XP on your desktop 1 Connect your CN2B Computer to your desktop using Microsoft Active Sync and a cradle Make sure the ActiveSync application on your desk top is up and running and connected to your CN2B Computer A 2 On your desktop select Start gt Settings gt Control Panel double click ET Folder Options then click the View tab Folder Options CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 79 Chapter 3 Installing Applications 3 Beneath Hidden files and folders check Show hidden files and fold ers then click OK to close Folder Options General View File Types Offline Files Folder views ou can apply the view such as Details or Tiles that no Tue i you are using for this folder to all folders Reset All Folders Advanced settings Dj Files and Folders C Automatically search for network folders and printers Display file size information in folder tips C Display simple folder view in Explorer s Folders list Display the contents of system folders Display the full path in the address bar Display the full path in the title bar C Do not cache thumbnails Sy Hidden files and folders
12. define HAL BOOT DEVICE ROM XIP 1 define HAL BOOT DEVICE ROM 2 define HAL BOOT DEVICE PCMCIA ATA 3 define HAL BOOT DEVICE PCMCIA LINEAR 4 define HAL BOOT DEVICE IDE ATA 5 define HAL BOOT DEVICE IDE ATAPI 6 nOutBufSize The size of pOutBuf in bytes 4 IpBytesReturned The number of bytes returned by the function Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails May use GetLastError to get the extended error value 158 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming IOCTL_HAL_REBOOT Causes the system to perform a warm boot The object store is retained Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL REBOOT LPVOID IPpInBuf DWORD nInBufSs1ze LPVOID 1p0utBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpBytesReturned Parameters IpInBuf Should be set to NULL IpInBufSize Should be set to zero IpOutBuf Should be NULL nOutBufSize Should be zero Return Values None IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION Returns processor information Usage include pkfuncs h Syntax BOOL KernelloControl IOCTL PROCESSOR INFORMATION LPVOID ipinBur DWORD ninBurSize LPVOLD pO0utBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpByteskReturned CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 159 Chapter 7 Programming IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 Parameters IpInBuf Should be set to NULL nInBufSize Should be set to zero IpOutBuf Should be a pointer to the PRO
13. 177 isZeroConfigEnabled 177 ITC_ WAKEUP_MASK 154 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual ITC_DEVID_80211RADIO_INTEL_2011B 152 TTC_DEVID_80211RADIO_MAX values ITC_DEVID_80211RADIO_INTEL_2011B 152 ITC_DEVID_80211RADIO_NONE 152 ITC_DEVID_80211RADIO_NONE 152 ITC_DEVID_INTERMEC_EVIO 152 TTC_DEVID_SCANHW_MAX values ITC_DEVID_INTERMEC_EVIO 152 ITC_DEVID_SCANHW_NONE 152 ITC_DEVID_SCANHW_NONE 152 ITC_IFTP_STOP 148 ITC_KEYBOARD_CHANGE CreateEvent 185 ITC_NVPARM_80211_INSTALLED 152 ITC_NVPARM_80211_RADIOTYPE 152 ITC_NVPARM_BLUETOOTH_INSTALLED 153 ITC_NVPARM_CONTRAST 152 ITC_NVPARM_DISPLAY_TYPE 151 ITC_NVPARM_ECN 152 ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_DATACOLLEC TION_HW 152 ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_DATACOLLEC TION_SW 152 ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_SOFTWARE_C ONTENT 152 ITC_NVPARM_MANF_DATE 151 ITC_NVPARM_MCODE 152 ITC_NVPARM_SERIAL_ NUM 151 ITC_NVPARM_SERIAL2_ INSTALLED 153 ITC_NVPARM_SERVICE_DATE 151 ITC_NVPARM_SIM_PROTECT_HW_INSTA LLED 153 ITC_NVPARM_SIM_PROTECT_SW_INSTAL LED 153 ITC_NVPARM_VERSION_NUMBER 152 ITC_NVPARM_WAN_RI 152 ITC_REGISTRY_SAVE_ ENABLE 154 ITCADC MIB 109 ITCSNMP MIB 109 ITCTERMINAL MIB 109 K Keep Alive message 223 KernelloControl IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_HAL COLDBOOT 157 182 IOCTL_HAL GET_BOOT_DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL GET_ BOOTLOADER_VERI CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index NFO 155 IOCTL_HAL _GET_DEVICE_INFO 150 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_HAL_GET_OAL_VERINFO
14. Chapter 7 Programming Choosing How to Change Keypad Registry Settings Planes There are several ways to change the keypad registry settings e You can use a registry editing program to change the keypad registry entries You can run the Microsoft eMbedded Visual C Remote Regis try Editor on your PC using ActiveSync to connect to the CN2B Com puter Or you can download and run a third party registry editing program on your CN2B Computer After you make your changes you need to perform a warm boot on the CN2B Computer for the changes to take effect For help see Performing a Warm Boot on page 11 e You can write an application to change the keypad registry entries An application gives you a convenient way to customize multiple CN2B Computers Make sure your application sets the named event KeybdSettingsChangeEvent after you change the registry entries for the changes to take effect e You can use a CAB file to edit the registry You can install the _ResetMePlease_ txt file in your CAB file to force a warm boot to acti vate the changes Note that remapping the keys in this way affects the key mapping for the entire system not just for the application that does the remapping There are three planes supported for the CN2B keypad Keys used in more than one shift plane must be described in each plane Unshifted Plane The unshifted plane contains values from the keypad when not pressed with other keys such as
15. Example CEStrings AppName Game Pack InstallDir CE1 sAppName Strings This section is optional and defines one or more string keys A string key represents a string of printable characters Required No e string key value String of letters digits or other printable characters Enclose value in double quotation marks if the corresponding string key is used in an item that requires double quotation marks No string_keys is okay Example Strings reg path Software Intermec My Test App CEDevice Describes the targeted application platform All keys are optional If a key is nonexistent or has no data Windows CE does not perform any checking with the exception being UnsupportedPlatforms It the UnsupportedPlatforms key exists but no data the previous value is not overridden Required Yes e ProcessorType processor_type The value that is returned by SYSTEMINFO dwProcessorType For example the value for the ARM CPU is 2577 e UnsupportedPlatforms platform_family_name This lists known unsupported platform family names If the name speci fied in the CEDevice xxx section is different from CEDevice both platform_family_name values are unsupported for the microprocessor specified by xxx The unsupported platform family names list is appended to the previous list Application Manager does not display the CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 127 Chapter 7 Programming application for an u
16. PRMERR IF BYTE ZOU Frame Reject FRMERR NR BYTE 202 Frame Reject FRMERR NS BYTE 203 Frame Reject NDMERR BYTE 204 Normal Disconnect BINDERE BYTE ZIO 7 bind error IPLDUR BYTE 221 invalid presentation layer response HEADJAM BYTE 222 printer head jam PAPEROUT BYTE 223 printer paper out LOWVOLTS BYTE 224 printer low voltage HIVOLTS BYTEVZ25 7 printer Over voltage LOWBAT BYTE 226 printer low battery COVEROEE BYTE 22 7 printer cover Off error HEADEAULT BYTE 228 7 printer head short or driver short error PFFAULT BYTE 229 7 paper teed motor fault FRAME NOT ACKED 0x8000 frame was not received by printer and need to Invalid Frame NR Mismatch NS Mismatch mode error be resent 116 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 5 Printer Support O Neil Printer Driver The DTR printer communications driver is a Stream Device Driver named ONEIL DLL All applications use WIN32 API functions to access drivers Basic opera tions are easily implemented by applications through the CreateFile WriteFile DevicelOControl and CloseHandle Win32 APIs The driver supports communications to PB20 PB40 and PB42 printers over a selected serial port DTR Driver Installation and Removal Install Your application must install the device driver by using the RegisterDe vice function The driver name is ONEIL DLL We recommend that you use DTR
17. Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT__ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your ULONG reference is populated with one of parameters listed above Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetCCXStatus ULONG amp else UINT GerCCXStatus ULONG amp endif 170 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming Set Information Functions AddWep Call this function to add a WEP key to the radio Call this function multi ple times when adding more than one WEP key Save the default key for last For example when adding four keys and the second key is the default transmit key add keys 1 3 and 4 before you add key 2 t4 Note Add the default transmit key ast Syntax UINT AddWep ULONG BOOL TCHAR Parameters ULONG Specifies the key index to be set Valid values are 0 3 When set to TRUE specifies that this key is the default transmit key Pointer to a character array that specifies the key data in either HEX length of 10 or 26 or ASCII length of 5 or 13 This string must be null terminated Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT _ FAILED ifa connection with the radio failed Remarks When adding WEP keys to the radio turn off encryption before you add the keys then turn encryp tion back on afterwards A
18. change the scanner configuration and data transfer settings Use the Intermec EasySet software to print configuration labels you can scan to change your configuration settings For more information see the EasySet online help EasySet is available from the Intermec Data Capture web site Menus of available parameters for each group are listed Use the scroll bars to go through the list Expand each menu to view its parameter settings Tap a parameter to select or expand a parameter to view its subparameters Note that each parameter or subparameter is shown with its default setting or current setting in lt gt brackets Tap a parameter or subparameter to select that parameter then do any of the following to change its setting Tap Apply to apply any changes e Typing a new value in an entry field e Choosing a new value from the drop down list e Selecting a different option The selected option contains a bullet e Tap Defaults then Apply to restore factory default settings Tap Yes when you are prompted to verify this action e Tap Refresh to discard changes and start again Tap Yes when you are prompted to verify this action Intermec Settings Applet 192 You may have the Intermec Settings applet Information about the settings you can configure with this applet is described in the Intermec Computer Command Reference Manual The online manual is available from the Inter mec web site at www intermec com See t
19. e If you are using a Secure Digital card to upgrade the CN2B Com puter see below e If you are using the SmartSystems Console to upgrade the CN2B Computer see Using the SmartSystems Console to Upgrade the CN2B Computer on page 82 Using a Secure Digital Card to Upgrade the CN2B Computer To use a Secure Digital card to upgrade the CN2B Computer you need a Secure Digital card reader and a Secure Digital card formatted as FAT Note The CN2B Computer currently supports Delkin Devices Secure L Digital cards only Intermec cannot guarantee that other Secure Digital cards will work with the CN2B Computer 1 Suspend the CN2B Computer remove the battery from the CN2B Computer then remove its Secure Digital storage card Secure Digital storage card 2 Place the Secure Digital storage card in your desktop PC card drive then copy all required upgrade files to the storage card 3 Remove the Secure Digital card from your desktop reinstall it into the CN2B Computer and insert the CN2B Computer into a dock con nected to external power 4 Press the Reset button inside the stylus holder to perform a cold boot Do not use force or a sharp object when pressing the Reset button or you may damage the Reset button Press to reset 5 When the Bootloader Menu shows complete remove the Secure Digi tal card insert the battery then install the battery door Press the Reset button again to load the new operating
20. e Search for text and look up definitions for words The Guidebook contains the information needed to use the software To open the Guidebook tap Help on the Reader command bar Or on a book page tap and hold the book title and then tap Help on the pop up menu To switch to Microsoft Reader tap Start gt Programs gt Microsoft Reader Getting Books on Your CN2B Computer You can download book files from the Web Just visit your favorite eBook retailer and follow the instructions to download the book files Sample books and a dictionary are also included in the Extras MSReader path on the Windows Mobile Companion CD Use ActiveSync to download the files from your desktop to your activated mobile computer described in the Read Me file in the MSReader folder Using the Library The Library is your Reader home page it displays a list of all books stored on your CN2B Computer or storage card To open the Library 1 On the Reader command bar tap Library 2 Ona book page tap the book title then tap Library on the menu 3 To open a book tap its title in the Library list ES Microsoft Reader 4 2 09 x Tap to scroll th rough the list Library Encarta Pocket Dictionary Bloomsbury Publishing Pic Tap to open a book Tap to select a sort order English German Pocket Di _ Microsoft English Italian Pocket Dict Microsoft Englis h Spa nish Pocket Dic Sho aa Tap these to navi
21. e access the files on an SD card e remove an SD card For help using a Secure Digital card to install applications and files see Using a Secure Digital Card to Upgrade the CN2B Computer on page 81 To insert the SD card 1 Before inserting the Secure Digital card you must attach one of the pull tabs that ships with the CN2B Computer A Secure Digial card without a pull tab can be very difficult to remove SD card Pull tab 2 Align the Secure Digital card as shown in the next illustration and insert the Secure Digital card into the slot CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 13 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer 14 3 Push the card into the slot until it is fully inserted Fully inserted SD card 4 Align the battery contacts as shown in the next illustration and insert the battery in the battery compartment Press down on the battery until it clicks into place 5 Install the battery door To access files stored on the Secure Digital card If you have a Secure Digital card inserted in your CN2B Computer it appears as the Storage Card folder To access this folder select My Device then tap the Storage Card folder You can copy files to and from this folder just as you would any other folder on the CN2B Computer To remove the Secure Digital card 1 Press and hold the Power key for two to three seconds and then release the Power key to turn off the CN2B Computer 2 Place the CN2
22. enter e mail addresses in Contacts Help and set up Inbox to send and receive messages For more information on sending and receiving meeting requests tap Start gt Help gt Calendar to see Calendar Help and tap Start gt Help gt Inbox to see Inbox Help 1 Tap New then enter the meeting information 2 Hide the onscreen keyboard if needed then tap Attendees Only those contacts with e mail addresses are displayed Select the contacts you want to invite then tap ok to return to the appointment 3 Select other desired options and then tap ok 4 Inbox automatically creates a meeting request and sends it to the attend ees the next time you synchronize with your desktop Textual notes entered in the Notes tab excluding writing or recordings are sent also 42 Gruber Jim Gruber Mike _ Janell Gruber co _ Jasa Jaz _ Joel Kurth Klees Dottie _ Kurth Judy _ Linda Bahr Lindal Allen ho MAAS ROBERTA Mayer Jenny Retchless Nathan Ross Marla Roush Rebecca jgruberzan mpgs540im Janell Grub JazHotShot jkurth the dale kleesia heyjude082 afro linda LindaL Allen dudnbertz jlmayer580 nathan retc marla ross iowaspinne Susan Yelar A check mark indicates a selected attendee CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Note If you are sending the meeting request through a connection to an ISP
23. for the Device Name parameter 1 for the Device Driver index parameter and use any of the following strings for the last parameter e NULL 0 Defaults to COMI 9600 e COMI only COM port specified defaults to 9600 e COM1 9600 sets to COM port and specified bit rate e COM1 19200 sets to COM port and specified bit rate Use the HANDLE returned by RegisterDevice as the parameter to Dereg isterDevice The correct usage of the RegisterDevice function call is demonstrated below You may use DeregisterDevice to uninstall the driver HANDLE hDevice TCHAR po Pore 0 POBELO hDevice rt DWORD por Edie EOHAR 0 RegisterDevice t TEXT DIR Jy Ly TEXTA Y YWINDONS N VONE LE DLL Opening the DTR Driver CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual The application opens the DTR driver by using the CreateFile function The call can be implemented as follows hFile Creavek ile TC DIRT GENERIC WRIEB OPEN ALWAYS FILE ATTRIBUTE NORMAL NULL 0 NO 117 Chapter 5 Printer Support The first parameter DTR1 must reflect the device name and index used in the RegisterDevice function call The function call will fail for any of the following reasons e The port associated with the device during RegisterDevice is currently in use e The DTR device is already open e The share mode is not set to zero The device cannot be shared e Access pe
24. nOutBufSize The size of pOutBuf in bytes IpBytesReturned Number of bytes returned by the function for the data requested Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails GetLastError may be used to get the error value Either ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER or ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER may be returned when this function is used to get the error ID Field Values The id field of the PARMS structure may be one of the following values ID Field Values ITC_NVPARM_SERIAL NUM This IOCTL returns the serial number of the device in BCD format Six bytes are returned in the buffer pointed to by the pOutBuffer parameter ITC_NVPARM_MANF_DATE This IOCTL returns the device date of manufacture in the BCD YYYY MM DD format Four bytes are returned in the buffer pointed to by the pOutBuffer parameter ITC_NVPARM_SERVICE_DATE This IOCTL returns the device s date of last service in BCD YYYY MM DD format Four bytes are returned in the buffer pointed to by the pOutBuffer parameter ITC_NVPARM_DISPLAY_TYPE This returns the device s display type One byte is returned in the buffer pointed to by the pOutBuffer parameter CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 151 Chapter 7 Programming ID Field Values continued ITC_NVPARM_ECN This IOCTL returns ECNs applied to the device in a bit array format Four bytes are returned in the buffer pointed to by the OutBuffer parameter ITC_NVPARM_CONTRAST T
25. page 197 2 Enter your unique User Name to use this protocol 3 Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to automatically use the protocol without entering a password 4 Tap Additional Settings to set options for PAC management and assign an anonymous EAP FAST name page 212 E Profile Wizard 4 aff 2 59 ok i Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit EAP FAST Association Encryption Username anonymous Password Prompt for password 8 Use Following password Additional Settings E To Enable EAP FAST with Network EAP 1 Set 8021x Security as EAP FAST Association to Network EAP page 196 and Encryption to either WEP page 197 or CKIP page 196 2 Enter your unique User Name to use this protocol 3 Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to automatically use the protocol without entering a password 4 Tap Additional Settings to set options for PAC management and assign an anonymous EAP FAST name See below for more information Be Profile Wizard Er aff 3 01 ok Basic Security advanced B02 1 Securit EAP FAST Association Encryption Password Prompt For password 8 Use Following password Additional Settings CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manu
26. view them in Calendar For more information on copying files see ActiveSync Help To use the device to schedule an appointment with attendees lasting all day set type to Normal then adjust date and time accordingly 39 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Setting a Reminder for an Appointment Do the following to set a reminder for an appointment in the calendar 1 Tap the appointment then tap Edit to change the appointment 2 Tap Reminder and select Remind me 3 To change how many minutes before the appointment you are reminded tap the minutes displayed then select the new minutes from a drop down or enter the new minutes Tap minutes to change hours days or weeks Ea Calendar 4 af 1 09 ok Subject SAP Training b Location z Starts 9 29 05 Z Ends 9 29 05 n Al Day YES Occurs Once Reminder Remindme B Tap whether to enable the reminder feature Mone Remind me Categories Attendees No attendees Status Busy Sensitivity Normal Appointment Edit E Note To automatically set a reminder for all new appointments in the cal endar tap Tools gt Options select Set reminders for new items then tap the number and timeframe options to change the information given Ea Calendar ar PEBE ok Options 1st day of week Week view 5 day week C Show half hour slots 5 Show week numbers C Use large Font Set reminders for new items Tap this to set reminders for new appointments 15 minutes
27. windows default htm e T Microsoft gt Pocket Internet Explorer Welcome to Pocket Internet Explorer Not online yet Find out how to get connected and save offline content Intermec 4 AvantGo PocketPC com Yiew Tools lt A lt 5 ge E Refreshicon Home icon Viewing Mobile Favorites and Channels 1 Tap the Favorites icon to display your list of favorites 2 Tap the page you want to view 70 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Ea Internet Explorer 4 7 E tok Favorites Tap to view a favorite lt Mobile Favorites AY AvantGo channels MSN Mobile i Pocket PC Web Guide 0 Pocket PE com WindowsMedia com Tap to add or delete a folder or favorite link Pa Open 4dd Delete The page that was downloaded the last time you synchronized with your desktop opens If the page is not on your CN2B Computer the favorite is dimmed Synchronize with your desktop again to download the page to your CN2B Computer or connect to the Internet to view the page Browsing the Internet 1 Set up a connection to your ISP or corporate network using Connec tions as described in Remote Access Modems on page 100 2 To connect and start browsing do one of the following e Tap the Favorites icon and then tap the favorite you want to view e Tap View gt Address Bar In the address bar that appears at the top of the screen enter the Web address you want to
28. 05 01 FkeyCode25 hex 39 00 FkeyCode26 hex 30 00 FkeyCode27 hex 37 00 FkeyMeta5 hex 10 00 09 00 to emit Shift Tab back tab WkeyMetiazs hex 5B 00 CL 007 to launch APP 1 FkeyMeta24 hex BD 00 FkeyAlpha2 hex 20 00 FkeyAlpha7 hex 03 80 41 00 42 00 43 00 FkeyAlphas hex 035 80 54 00 55 00 56 00 FkeyAlphal6 hex 03 80 4A 00 4B 00 4C 00 FkeyAlphal hex 03 80 47 00 48 00 49 00 FkeyAlpha18 hex 03 80 4D 00 4E 00 4F 00 FkeyAlpha20 hex 14 00 FkeyAlpha21 hex 03 80 44 00 45 00 46 00 FkeyAlpha23 hex BD 00 EkevAlpha2b5 hex 04 00 577007587007597007 547 00 FkeyAlpha26 hex 12 00 EkeyAlphazy hnexs04 30 5000 51 7 00 527005 937 0 0 Scroll Keypad Registry Settings HKEY LOCAL MACHINE HARDWARE DEVICEMAP KEYBD FKEYS 9 0 FkeyCodel hex 5B 00 C1 00 FkeyCodel hex 70 00 FkeyCode2 hex 25 00 FkeyCode3 hex 04 01 FkeyCode4 hex 5B 00 C2 00 FkeyCode4 hex 71 00 FkeyCode5 hex 27 00 188 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual FkeyCode 6 FkevCode FkeyCode8 FkeyCode9 FkeyCodel0 FkeyCodell FKeyMetal FKeyMetal FKeyMeta2 FKeyMeta3 FKeyMeta3 hex 74 00 FKeyMeta4 hex 5B 00 C4 00 FKeyMeta4 hex 73 00 FKeyMeta5 hex 27 00 FKeyMeta6 hex 1B 00 FKeyMeta7 hex 03 01 FKeyMeta8 hex 06 01 OrangeObeyClear dword 1 OrangeOneShot dword 1 CN2B Mobile Computer Us
29. 4 Download the device upgrade exe file to your desktop PC 5 Double click the exe file on your desktop PC An InstallShield applica tion starts and walks you through the process of extracting the upgrade files in the default location Note Do not change the default location where InstallShield extracts the files The SmartSystems Console requires the files be in this location 6 From the SmartSystems Console locate the device upgrade to install 7 Drag and drop the device upgrade onto each CN2B Computer you want to upgrade The SmartSystems Console will tell you that it is installing the upgrade on your CN2B Computer Once the upgrade is done downloading to your CN2B Computer your CN2B Computer replaces the operating system and then automatically performs a cold boot Progress messages do appear on the CN2B screen The SmartSystems Console will show your CN2B Computer as offline note the red stop sign until the device reboots and reconnects to the system CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 3 Installing Applications Migrating from Another Computer As you migrate from another mobile computer to a CN2B Computer you need to consider the following When converting an application to run on the CN2B Computer most APIs should work Below are a few exceptions e The other computer may use the SDMMC Disk folder for nonvola tile storage You may need to change the application to store data onto the
30. 98 zero configuration WEP encryption 97 802 11b g communications 93 80211API DLL 162 80211CONF EXE 162 80211SCAN EXE 162 802PM DLL 162 228 A abrasive material avoiding 226 Abstract Syntax Notation 1 See ASN 1 Accessory list 16 Accounts via Inbox 55 ActiveSync adding programs 32 Folder behavior connected to email server 54 installing applications 75 Microsoft Reader 66 Pocket Internet Explorer favorite links 68 mobile favorites 69 Mobile Favorites folder 68 replicating registry settings 77 Start menu icon 22 URL 34 Windows Mobile 34 add_registry_section AddReg flags 132 registry_root_string 132 value_name 132 Adding programs ActiveSync 32 to the Start menu 33 via File Explorer 33 Windows Mobile 31 AddReg add_registry_section flags 132 registry_root_string 132 value_name 132 DefaultInstall 129 AddWep 171 Adjusting settings Windows Mobile 31 AllDay events Calendar creating 39 ammonia and water for cleaning 226 Annotations index Microsoft Reader 67 APIs 802 11 161 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Applets clock 31 216 intemec settings beeper volume 7 108 119 intermec settings 192 printers 119 smartsystems 7 108 menu 31 owner information 31 password 31 power 31 battery status 3 RAM maintenance 4 system wireless network 94 197 today 31 utilities 193 app launch 194 registry save 193 wakeup mask 194 wireless network 195 Application ke
31. API It hunts out and connects to the 802 11b g radio available on the system Check extended error codes if anything else is returned Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_RadioConnect Felse UINT RadioConnect endif 162 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming RadioDisconnect Call this function when done using the 802 11 API to clean up a connec tion from a previous RadioConnect call If you do not call this function you may leave memory allocated Syntax UINT RadioDisconnect Parameters None Return Values ERROR SUCCESS when successful otherwise ERR CONNECT_ FAILED Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_RadioDisconnect else UINT RadioDisconnect endif RadioDisassociate Call this function to have the 802 11b g radio disassociate from the current service set The radio then enters an off mode until it is woken again by setting the Service Set Identifier SSID Also the NDIS driver generates an NDIS media disconnect event Syntax UINT RadioDisassociate Parameters None Return Values ERROR SUCCESS on success else ERR CONNECT FAILED Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_RadioDisassociate else UINT RadioDisassociate endif Query Information Functions GetAssociationStatus Call this to obtain the radio s current association status with a service set
32. Contacts ODORS asarei dots de Soe trote ee eee he ses 49 Tasks Keepinea Fo DOS asec neve keene ey ieee eee eee leto 50 Creatine dla tea RR Seach aes 50 SVNEMTOMZING TAKS cece yesh reabre 51 Notes Capturing Thoughts and Idea 34344 IA aaa 52 CEDE A INO sete ii ei RAIL 52 Synchronizing Notesars iii oh iii dela 52 Inbox Sending and Receiving E mail Messages LL 53 Synchronizing E mail Messages otel ionici ra 54 Managing E mail Messages and Folders o ooo oooomooooo o o 54 Connecting to a Mall Servers saretta 55 Composing and Sending Messages 0 0 ce eee ee eee eens 56 Companion Programs sensible LEA he eae Did il 57 PaE K Word dia ds sii rica 57 Creating a Document dit dad lia ea 57 Tp Mode rie iatale 58 Ni sa cre eas Cee obesi fan lil so iaia 59 Recording Mode se alieni ene esa 59 Drawino ModEsiscigoligleriiop ida Lia ead ba dee oe Lab 60 Synchronizing Pocket Word Documents 60 Pocket Eee cet esha an la siate hide aa 60 Creating a Workbook rea asii eat 61 Tips for Working Pocket Exel ssrscratisre ostentare 61 MoN IMIGSSCN Ca AAA AAA Di 62 Settino Upan ACCOUNT adria cs ss ae 62 Signing brand uba dadas ecards 63 WW Oring with Contacts sonas a sa 64 Manas iNe Cont S erinan rotaie SIRIA esa 64 Sending a MESIE a A E A eo tel bt N ais E E E R 65 Windows Media Player for Windows Mobile 0 002 eee eee 65 Microso Reader ar a IA OLA ee oh bee Sees 66 Getting Books on Your CN2B Computer
33. IDL is available as a download from the Intermec web site at www intermec com idl Contact your Intermec repre sentative for more information Tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Intermec Settings icon then tap to expand the SmartSystems Information option Ea Intermec Settings r 1 31 3 Data Collection Communications Device Settings SmartSystems Information H Ready to Work H Identity H Administrator Location ION Configuration Printers File Edit View Help Es E SNMP Configuration on the Mobile Computer 108 In short SNMP is an application layer protocol that uses the exchange of management information between network devices The CN2B Computer is such an SNMP enabled device Use SNMP to control and configure the CN2B Computer anywhere on an SNMP enabled network The CN2B Computer supports four proprietary Management Information Bases MIBs and Intermec provides SNMP support for MIB II through CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support seven read only MIB II RFC1213 MIB Object Identifiers OIDs Note that you can query these seven OIDs through an SNMP management station Management Information Base The Management Information Base is a database that contains information about the elements to be managed The information identifies the manage ment element and specifies its type and access mode Read Only Read Write MIBs are written in ASN 1 Abstra
34. Menu InstallDir Contains the path to the target directory selected during installation It is declared in the CEStrings section AppName Contains the application name defined in the CEStrings section Example DestinationDirs Files Common 0 CE1 My Subdir Program Files My Subdir Files Shared 0 CE2 Windows CopyFiles This section under the DefaultInstall section describes the default files to copy to the target device Within the DefaultInstall section files were listed that must be defined elsewhere in the INF file This section identifies that mapping and may contain flags Required Yes e copyfile_list_section destination_filename source_filename The source_filename parameter is optional if it is the same as destination_filename e copyfile_list_section flags The numeric value that specifies an action to do while copying files The following table shows values supported by Windows CE Flag Value Description COPYFLG_WARN_IF_SKIP 0x00000001 Warn user if skipping a file is attempted after error COPYFLG_NOSKIP 0x00000002 Do not allow a user to skip copying a file COPYFLG_NO_OVERWRITE 0x00000010 Do not overwrite files in destination directory COPYFLG_REPLACEONLY 0x00000400 Copy the source file to the destination directory only if the file is already in the destination directory CE_COPYFLG_NO_DATE DIALOG 0x20000000 Do not copy files if the target file is newer CE_COPYFLG_NODATECHECK
35. Programs Using ActiveSync Install the appropriate software for your CN2B Computer on your desktop before installing it on your CN2B Computer 1 Determine your CN2B Computer and processor type so that you know which version of the software to install Tap Start gt Settings gt the Sys About tem tab gt About gt the Version tab then make a note of the information in Processor E settings e 461236 ok About Microsoft Pocket PC Version 4 20 0 Build 14053 1996 2003 Microsoft Corporation All rights reserved This computer program is protected by 11 5 and international copyright laws Processori ARM PXA255 Memory 59 68 MB Expansion slot Mot in use Owner Version Copyrights 2 Download the program to your desktop or insert the CD or disk that contains the program You may see a single XIP EXE or ZIP file a SETUP EXE file or several versions of files for different CN2B Com puter types and processors Be sure to select the program designed for the Windows Mobile and your CN2B Computer processor type 3 Read any installation instructions Read Me files or documentation 4 Connect your CN2B Computer and desktop 5 Double click the EXE file e If the file is an installer the installation wizard begins Follow the directions on the screen Once the software is installed the installer automatically transfers the software to your CN2B Computer e If the file is not an installer an error message statin
36. RR RI 108 SmartSystems Foundation Console www intermec com SmartSystems 108 SNMP Configuration on the Mobile Computer 108 Management Information Base s s2 usa as 109 Object detitilicrs o2 ia iizzsni pio dealer iii 109 Contiouring wath SNMP 2g oe nd pesa pate ai 110 5 Printer Support cece ccc eee eens 111 PMS A sable ii 112 Directora POG a2 ete tia aio ai 112 Directly toa Genere Sena Potes a Sor 112 NPCP Printet Diver ce cv eee coe bowed A Ae dea 112 POU NPOP asec acct eh A E E he a ee ae 113 NPCP Driver Installation and Removal 0 000 0 00 00 ee eee 113 Opening the NPOP Diver crias nord 113 Close tie NPCE Drivers eens ae E weet aN fa tees eet 114 Reading from the NPCP Drivers nido oes tue ea 114 Winne tothe NPCP Diver sore ship needa ias 114 NPCP Driver I O Controls iui di in os eee ate bien wd be gaia we 114 NPCP Printer Communications 666s du cc Medes ALe atei 115 Dal DISC AA Aah wines ddd ane de ane eee bee ae chee 116 NPCP Error Codes sarita ala aaa e eta 116 O Nel Tiner DEE a a a 117 DTR Driver Installation and Removal Li 117 East DERD A A aa ee ee melee 117 Glosme the DIRDI Ve ce rossi ba sfalsati plebei 118 Wrtine tothe DR Diver oats iaia teatri 118 DTR Printer Communications Lilli 118 Configuring PB42 Printers Via Intermec Settings ooooooooooomo oo 119 6 Scanner Support l rd ia 121 Scanner Control and Data Transfer 122 Data Collecion GContieuration ec
37. S System file attribute H Hidden file attribute To retrieve the attributes of a file only specify the file The server response will be 200 AD SHRCEIX filename To retrieve the attributes of a file only specify the file The server response will be 200 AD SHRCEI filename If the flag exists in its position shown above it is set Also in addition to the values defined above there is also defined C Compressed file attribute E Encrypted file attribute I INROM file attribute X XIP file attribute execute in ROM not shadowed in RAM BOOT Reboots the server OS This will cause the system on which the server is executing to reboot The FTP Server will shut down cleanly before reboot All client connections will be terminated Cold boot is default except for the PocketPC build in which the default is warm boot SITE BOOT Usage QUOTE SITE BOOT WARM COLD COPY Copies a file from one location to another SITE COPY Usage QUOTE SITE COPY source destination Example QUOTE SITE COPY Storage Card one dat Storage Card two dat EXIT Exits the FTP Server This command will shut down the FTP Server thus terminating all client connections SITE EXIT Usage QUOTE SITE EXIT HELP Gives site command help information SITE HELP Usage QUOTE SITE HELP command KILL Terminates a running program SITE KILL Usage QUOTE SITE KILL program pid 146 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming
38. Secure Digital cards 76 with ActiveSync 75 with FTP Server 76 Installing drivers DTR 117 NPCP 113 Instant messaging 62 Integrated scanners See Internal scanners Intermec Developer Library 7 Intermec Device Network Announcement See 234 IDNA Intermec part numbers 16 Intermec settings 192 beeper volume 108 Intermec settings applet printers 119 smartsystems 7 108 INTERMEC MIB 109 INTERMEC_ PACKET DRIVER SwitchPacketDriver 180 Internal scanners configuring 123 reading distances EV10 124 specifications 17 supported symbologies 124 Internet explorer software build version 12 Internet Service Provider See ISP 100 IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_ HAL COLDBOOT 157 182 IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOT_ DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL GET_BOOTLOADER_VERINE O 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICE_INFO 150 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_HAL_ GET OAL _VERINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_RESET_INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_HAL REBOOT 159 182 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 182 IOCTL_LOAD_NDIS_MINIPORT 161 IOCTL_NPCP_BIND 115 IOCTL_NPCP_CANCEL 115 IOCTL_NPCP_CLOSE 115 IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR 115 IOCTL_NPCP_FLUSH 115 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 159 IOCTL_UNLOAD_NDIS_MINIPORT 161 IP address replicating registry settings 77 is DHCPEnabled 179 ISP connecting to via Windows Mobile 101 creating a modem connection 101 Pocket Internet Explorer 68 Windows Mobile 100 isSupplicantRunning
39. Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt Utili ties gt the App Launch tab to access the Application Launch page This page programs or maps two scanner buttons and four application keys to start up to six applications Note that the left scanner button also acts as the record button CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings For CN2B Computers with an imager default mappings are shown in the following illustration i Settings e i 1 28 gt Utilities Buttons Applications Record Left Scanner Trigger Right Scan Right Scanner Trigger GOLD 41 Right Scanner Trigger GOLD 42 Calendar GOLD 43 Contacts GOLD 44 Tasks Set default values For Default application launch buttons Registry Save Wakeup Mask App Launch For CN2B Computers without an imager the default maps the Record Calendar Contacts and Tasks applications the top four and the A3 and A4 buttons are unassigned Note Record Calendar Contacts and Tasks are Pocket PC applications L See Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 for information e To assign an application to a button select an application from the applicable drop down list box e To assign a new application select the Add new application option which brings up an Open File dialog and browse Secure Digital storage cards for new applications e To disable or unmap a currently mapped application from a correspond in
40. There are no user serviceable parts inside the CN2B Computer Open ing the unit voids the warranty and may cause damage to the internal components To clean the scanner window and touch screen 1 Press and hold the Power key for 2 to 3 seconds and then release it to turn off the CN2B Computer 2 Dip a clean towel or rag in the ammonia solution and wring out the excess Wipe off the scanner window and touch screen Do not allow any abrasive material to touch these surfaces 3 Wipe dry To clean the scanner window e You can use the Screen Cleaner Kit P N 346 065 101 to clean the scanner window CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 227 Index Symbols __RESETMEPLEASE__ TXT 136 Numerics 1D area imager reading distances 124 6820 printers NPCP driver 112 printer support 111 6920 Communications Server ManifestName parameter 144 802 11 API 161 channel 198 communications setup 94 197 configuration profiles 162 EAP FAST network EAP 211 WPA encryption 210 211 LEAP network EAP 209 WPA encryption 208 network type 198 PEAP network EAP 201 WPA encryption 200 profile label 198 profile security information WEP encryption 199 profiles 197 advanced settings 212 basic information 198 security information 198 SSID network name 198 TLS network EAP 203 TTLS network EAP 206 WPA encryption 205 WPA authentication with pre shared key Zero Configuration
41. ULONG endif Helper Functions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions 176 ConfigureProfile If using the Intermec 802 11 Profile Management system you can pass a specific profile name to program the API to configure the radio UINT ConfigureProfile TCHAR Pointer to a character array that contains the profile name This should be null terminated ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Call this function with a pointer to a null terminated TCHAR array that contains the name of the profile you wish to configure This function reads profile data from the profile manager sets that profile as the default active profile and configures the radio appropriately If needed the supplicant and any other related services are automatically started and stopped ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_ConfigureProfile TCHAR else UINT ConfigureProfile TCHAR endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Chapter 7 Programming EnableZeroConfig This enables or disables the Wireless Zero Configuration Wizard from Microsoft After calling this function a warm boot is required for the change to take effect Note
42. User s Manual 57 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 58 You can open only one document at a time when you open a second docu ment you have to save the first You can save a document you create or edit in formats such as Word DOC Pocket Word PSW Rich Text Format RTF and Plain Text TXT Pocket Word contains a list of files stored on your CN2B Computer Tap a file in the list to open it To delete make copies of and send files tap and hold a file in the list then select the action on the pop up menu 2 Pocket Word ar af 9 45 x B All Folders Mame 2005 POID Plan 922a 36k Tap to change the sort order Tap to open a document Create Copy 3 21 03 27b Delete 575 05 5k Select All 3 21 03 705b Tap and hold an item to see a pop up menu Send via E mail Beam File New Tools You can enter information in Pocket Word in one of four modes typing writing recording and drawing which are displayed on the View menu Each mode has its own toolbar which you can show and hide by tapping the Show Hide Toolbar icon on the command bar You can change the zoom magnification by tapping View gt Zoom then select the percentage you want Select a higher percentage to enter text and a lower one to see more of your document If you are opening a Word document created on a desktop you may select View gt Wrap to Window so that you can see the entire document To check spellin
43. View Tools Software Tools 3 410 141 9 425 051 3 465 947 9 400 970 9 740 306 3 790 536 3 005 007 3 062 171 E The following Intermec software tools are available as free downloads SmartSystems Foundation Console www intermec com SmartSystems This tool includes a management console that provides a default method to configure and manage Intermec devices out of the box without the pur chase of additional software licenses This is for anyone who must configure and deploy multiple devices or manage multiple licenses Intermec Resource Kits www intermec com IDL Resource Kits provide tools that build applications using the features of Intermec devices Resource kits include Bluetooth Communications Data Collection Device Settings Mobile Gadgets Printing and RFID This is for anyone who develops software for the CN2B Computer 12 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Storage Media Note MultiMediaCards MMCs and CompactFlash CF storage cards L are not supported in CN2B Computers Note The CN2B Computer currently supports Delkin Devices Secure Digital cards only Intermec cannot guarantee that other SD cards will work with the CN2B Computer The CN2B Computer supports the Secure Digital storage card The Com pactFlash card slot is embedded in the CN2B Computer and cannot be removed The following procedures explain how to e insert an SD card
44. VkeyAlpha How Key Values Are Stored in the Registry 184 To know which fields to update in the registry you must know what Scan Codes are assigned to each physical key see page 185 The Scan Code is used at the lowest level of the system to let the keypad driver know which physical key is pressed The keypad driver takes that scan code and looks it up in a table a copy of the table in the registry to determine the values to pass to the operating system Each registry key is just an array that describes to the keypad driver what value needs to be passed for each physical key The key values are indexed by the scan code this is a zero based index For example in the unshifted plane the 4 key has a scan code of 0x06 This means that the seventh word under the Vkey registry key has the value for the 4 key Taking a sample of the Vkey registry key shows the following values 00700 UB DO 027 Vor Cl 07 704 03 Bi UU 747 007 O Oa The value is 34 00 The values are in reverse byte order because that is the way the processor handles data When writing an application nothing needs to be done to swap the bytes as this will happen automatically when the data is read into a byte value This is something you just need to be CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming aware of when looking at the registry Knowing this we can see that the value that the keypad driver will pass to the system is a hex 34
45. adapter configuration programmatically Both drivers support the same IOCTL function num bers for loading and unloading the drivers Loading and unloading of the 802 11b g driver is performed by the FWL1 device in the system by per forming DevicelOControl calls to the driver Loading and unloading of the driver for the built in Ethernet adapter is performed by the SYI1 device in the system by performing DevicelOControl calls to the driver e For loading an NDIS driver associated with an adapter the IOCTL is IOCTL_LOAD_NDIS_MINIPORT e For unloading NDIS drivers associated with an adapter the IOCTL is IOCTL_UNLOAD_NDIS_MINIPORT Example include lt winioctl h gt include sysio h void DoLoad int nDevice LPTSTR devs SENDER Eg JAE EW bs HANDLE hLoaderDev DWORD bytesReturned hhoaderDev Createrile devs Device y GENERICO READ IGENERIO WRITE 0 NUBE OPEN EXISTING Oy NUE E hLoaderDev I INVALID HANDLE VALUE if DeviceIoControl hLoaderDev IOCTL LOAD NDIS MINIPORT NULL 1 NUBE Ur amp bytesReturned NULL MessageBox NULL TEXT SYSIO IoControl Failed TEXT Network loader MB ICONHAND if hLoaderDev INVALID HANDLE VALUE CloseHandle hLoaderDev hLoaderDev INVALID HANDLE VALUE bad handle else CloseHandle hLoaderDev void DoUnload int nDevice LPTSTR devel gt TOS Ni y HANDLE hLoaderDev DWORD bytesReturned hLoaderDev CreateFile devs
46. an object by dragging the selection handles Tap to select formatting options such as fill color Tap to see choices Pen icon Synchronizing Pocket Word Documents Pocket Word documents can be synchronized with Word documents on your desktop To synchronize files first select the Files information type for synchronization in ActiveSync When you select Files the My Documents folder for the CN2B Computer is created on your desktop Place all files you want to synchronize with the device in this folder Password protected files cannot be synchronized All Pocket Word files stored in My Documents and its subfolders are syn chronized with the desktop ActiveSync converts documents during syn chronization For more information on synchronization or file conversion see ActiveSync Help on the desktop Note When you delete a file on either your desktop or your CN2B Com puter the file is deleted in the other location the next time you synchronize You can create and edit workbooks and templates in Microsoft Pocket Excel as you do in Microsoft Excel on your desktop Pocket Excel work books are usually saved as PXL files and also in XLS format When you close a workbook it is automatically named and placed in the Pocket Excel workbook list You can attach a password to a workbook to help ensure privacy CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Creating a Workbook Use Pocket Excel to create wo
47. and there is no battery pack installed The mobile computer may also be out of the charging range of 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C When back in range charging resumes and the LED changes to red or green Scanning Keypad Shift and Notification LED LED Color and Action Description Momentary Green Indicates the scanner has initialized and had a good scan Steady Red Indicates the keypad is shifted to the Alpha plane and the CN2B Computer is turned on PSM Build Version The Persistent Storage Manager PSM is an area of storage which is embedded in a section of the system s FLASH memory This storage area is not erased when a cold boot is performed It may however erase during the reflashing process In addition to storing applications and data files you do have the option to store a persistent registry to the PSM region To determine what PSM Build is on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt Programs gt File Explorer Access the Flash File Store folder from the My Device root directory then tap the PSMinfo text file Tap ok to exit File Explorer Ea Pocket Word ar aff 1 32 ok PSM Build v4 03 05 12 2006 New Edit Yiew Tools t E 10 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Resetting Your CN2B Computer Performing a Warm Boot Performing a warm boot may be necessary to correct conditions where an application stops responding to the system It does however unload all runni
48. appears on the status bar may cause your CN2B Computer to cold boot and you may lose data gt Caution data or applications If you fail to replace the battery immediately you may lose important Caution If you have at least one device in your CN2B Computer radio scanner or imager the battery power fail level is set so that after the system shuts down in a low battery condition there is still sufficient charge to allow the unit to remain configured keep proper time and maintain DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory for at least 23 to 32 hours at room temperature if the main battery remains in the mobile computer CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 3 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer The configuration and time are lost if e The battery discharges beyond this level e The battery is removed when the computer is not in suspend mode e A cold reset is performed on the computer You can modify RAM maintenance in a limited way On the CN2B Com puter tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Power icon gt the Battery tab Drag the top slider bar to the left to change the suspend voltage to favor suspend time over rundown time then click ok to exit Power 9 Settings Podio o You can configure the mobile computer to increase battery runtime by decreasing RAM retention time and or performance Max RAM Max Battery retention runtime I I 1 I Max Max Battery performance runtime I I Power
49. available for AES TKIP WEP AES TKIP WEP enabled ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT _FAILED if a connection with the radio failed If ERROR_SUCCESS returned ULONG reference is populated with a parameter listed above CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 169 Chapter 7 Programming Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetWepStatus ULONG amp Felse UINT GetWepStatus ULONG amp endif GetRadiolpAddress Call this function to obtain a formatted string indicating whether DHCP is enabled and what is the current adapters IP address Syntax UINT GetRadioIpAddress TCHAR Parameters Pointer to a character array that contains the formatted string of the IP address and static DHCP information Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your TCHAR array contains a string formatted as follows IP DHCP Enabled nxxx xXxx xxx xxX n or IP DHCP Disabled nxxx xxx xxx xxx n Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetRadioIpAddress TCHAR else UINT GetRadioIpAddress TCHAR endif GetCCXStatus Call this to get information about the current CCX status of the adapter Syntax UINT GetCCXStatus ULONG ec Parameters NDIS_NETWORK_EAP_MODE_OFF Disable EAP mode Enable EAP mode
50. cation mode was not determined at this time or is unknown WPA Authentication WPA Preshared Key Authentication WPA None Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_SetAuthenticationMode ULONG else UINT SetAuthenticationMode ULONG endif SetChannel This function is currently not implemented Ad hoc networks automati cally select a channel or use the already existing channel Syntax UINT SetChannel USHORT Parameters USHORT value that should populate with the desired channel 1 14 Return Values None Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_SetChannel USHORT else UINT SetChannel USHORT endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 173 Chapter 7 Programming SetNetworkMode Call this function to set the desired Network Mode Syntax UINT SetNetworkMode ULONG Parameters NDIS_NET_MODE_IBSS 802 11 Ad Hoc Mode 802 11 Infrastructure Mode Anything Else Unknown Error Automatic Selection Use of this option is not supported or recommended 5 Gigahertz 54 Mbps 802 11 2 4 Gigahertz Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typed
51. delete it to conserve space on your CN2B Computer If a copy of the book is stored on your desktop you can download it again at any time To remove a book from your CN2B Computer tap and hold the title in the Library list and then tap Delete on the pop up menu Pocket Internet Explorer Internet Explorer Use Microsoft Pocket Internet Explorer to view Web or WAP pages in either of these ways e During synchronization with your desktop download your favorite links and mobile favorites that are stored in the Mobile Favorites subfolder in Internet Explorer on the desktop e Connect to an ISP or network and browse the Web To do this create the connection first as described in Remote Access Modems on page 100 When connected to an ISP or network you can also download files and programs from the Internet or intranet To switch to Pocket Internet Explorer on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt Internet Explorer The Mobile Favorites Folder Favorite Links 68 Only items stored in the Mobile Favorites subfolder in the Favorites folder in Internet Explorer on your desktop are synchronized with your CN2B Computer This folder was created automatically with ActiveSync installed During synchronization the list of favorite links in the Mobile Favorites folder on your desktop is synchronized with Pocket Internet Explorer on your CN2B Computer Both computers are updated with changes made to either list each time y
52. devices 88 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support Tap Start gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt the Bluetooth icon Tap On to activate Bluetooth then tap ok to exit the applet d Bluetooth E Settings e 46215 Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth On to enable o this device to discover and connect to remote devices fi On Turn Bluetooth Off to disable connections from remote devices and to save power i Off n KID E Also make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your mobile phone For example with the Nokia 3650 go to its menu select Connect gt Bluetooth then set My phone s visibility to Shown to all Do the following to establish a Bluetooth connection between your CN2B Computer and your mobile phone then establishing a dial up networking session with your wireless network Once connected you should be able to browse Internet websites and use other online resources from your CN2B Computer 1 Tap Start gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt the Connections icon FE then tap Add a new modem connection Connections T H Settings e 46231 Connections amp To set up or change connection information tap one of the Following links My ISP Add a new modem connection My Work Network Add a new modem connection Add a new YPN server connection Set up my proxy server E CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 89 Chapter 4 Network Support 2 Enter a name for the conn
53. drawing 28 recording a message 29 Start menu icon 22 synchronizing notes 52 writing on the screen 26 alternate writing 27 converting writing to text 27 tips for good recognition 28 nOutBufSize IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_HAL _COLDBOOT 157 IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOT_ DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOTLOADER_VERI NFO 156 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICE_INFO 150 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_HAL _GET_OAL_VERINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_RESET_INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_HAL REBOOT 159 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 160 NPCP printing 112 113 closing driver 114 COMI parameters 113 communications 115 driver I O controls 114 installation 113 LPT9 113 opening driver 113 reading from driver 114 removal 113 sample code 116 writing to driver 114 NPCPPORT DLL 112 O CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Object Store packaging an application 74 Object store IOCTL_HAL_COLDBOOT 157 IOCTL_HAL_ REBOOT 159 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 OEMIOCTL H IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_HAL_COLDBOOT 157 IOCTL_HAL_GET_BOOT_DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL_GET_BOOTLOADER_VERI NFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_OAL_VERINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_RESET_INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_HAL_REBOOT 159 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 Oldstyle device ID 154 ONeil printing installing driver 117 ONEIL DLL 117 Opening drivers DTR 117 NPCP 113 Operating system spe
54. if you have a wireless LAN card you can synchronize remotely from your CN2B Computer For information about using ActiveSync on your desktop start ActiveSync on your desktop and then see ActiveSync Help Ea ActiveSync Er aff 1 20 3 Connected LL z View connection status ad Sync Fa Stop Tap to stop synchronization Tap to connect and synchronize Tools E View synchronization status For more information about ActiveSync on your CN2B Computer switch to ActiveSync then tap Start gt Help Microsoft Pocket Outlook Microsoft Pocket Outlook includes Calendar Contacts Tasks Inbox and Notes You can use these programs individually or together For example you can use e mail addresses stored in Contacts to address e mail messages in Inbox Using ActiveSync you can synchronize information in Microsoft Outlook or Microsoft Exchange on your desktop with your CN2B Computer You can also synchronize this information directly with a Microsoft Exchange server Each time you synchronize ActiveSync compares the changes you made on your CN2B Computer and desktop or server and updates both computers with the latest information For information on using Active Sync see ActiveSync Help on the desktop You can switch to any program by tapping it on the Start menu Calendar Scheduling Appointments and Meetings To switch to Calendar on the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Calendar Use Calendar to schedule appointments including
55. is issued by a certificate authority Use this page to import a certificate onto the CN2B Computer Root Certificates 1 Tap the lt lt lt button next to the Import Root Certificate field to select the root certificate DER encoded CER file to import 2 Click Import Root Cert to install the selected certificate User Certificate 1 Tap the lt lt lt button next to the Certificate Path field to select the user certificate DER encoded CER file without the private key to import 2 Tap the lt lt lt button next to the Key Path field to select the private key PVK file which corresponds to the user certificate chosen in step 1 3 Tap Import User Cert to install the selected certificate CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 207 Appendix A Configurable Settings Web Enrollment Tap Web Enrollment to obtain a user certificate over the network from an IAS Server Tap ok to return to the Security page E profile Wizard e 46222 gt Web Enrollment Import Root Certificate ZE Import Root Cert Import User Certificate Certificate Path t cer ZE Key Path pwk Import User Cert ZE E LEAP Cisco Lightweight EAP LEAP is the Cisco Lightweight version of EAP See page 196 for informa tion about EAP Use LEAP to configure the use of LEAP as an authentication protocol select Open WPA or Network EAP as an association mode or assign Network EAP Note that this d
56. meetings and other events You can check your appointments in one of several views Day Week Month Year and Agenda and set Calendar to remind you of appointments with a sound or other method Appointments for the day can display on the Today screen CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 35 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 36 If you use Outlook on your desktop you can synchronize appointments between your device and desktop HJ Calendar e 4 10 50 ES Tap to go to Today Oct 19 05 smtfirrs al gt Out of office Nicole to Orthodontist 8 00a 8 30a Parks amp Schmit Staff Meeting 9 003 10 008 Tenere _____ Tap to display or edit the appointment details Mew Tools Ela E EE E Synchronizing Calendar Calendar items stored on your device can be synchronized with calendar items on your desktop or Microsoft Exchange Server Note you can only synchronize information directly with an Exchange Server if your company is running Microsoft Mobile Information Server 2002 or later Calendar synchronization is automatically selected in ActiveSync Calendar items entered on one computer are copied to the other during synchronization Handwritten notes and drawings are saved as metafiles pictures For information on synchronization see ActiveSync Help on the desktop Why Use Categories in the Calendar Use categories to group related tasks contacts and appointments Then use these groupings to quickly display only t
57. module 198 Standard communications specifications 17 241 Index Start Menu adding programs 33 via File Explorer 33 StartScanList 178 StartSupplicant 178 Static IP replicating registry settings 77 StopSupplicant 178 Storage media 13 specifications 16 Storage temperature 16 Stream device driver NPCPPORT DLL 112 ONEIL DLL 117 string_key Strings 127 Strings string key 127 SwitchPacketDriver 180 Symbologies internal scanner supported symbologies 124 scanning labels 216 symbologies disabled incorrectly 225 Synchronizing AvantGo channels 70 Calendar 36 contacts 45 email messages 54 favorite links 68 mobile favorites 69 notes 52 Pocket Word 60 System software updates 80 SYSTEMINFO dwProcessorType 127 T tab on an SD card 13 TAHOMA TTF 130 Tasks Start menu icon 22 TCP IP 93 TCP IP client DHCP server 100 technical support sending CN2 for repair 225 Temperatures battery 17 troubleshooting 222 specifications 16 Text messages Windows Mobile 30 Time setting 216 TLS 242 802 11 profile certificates 207 WPA encryption 203 802 11 radio module network EAP 203 profile security information WEP encryption 202 WPA encryption 203 Today applet Windows Mobile settings 31 Today screen Windows Mobile 21 Tools CD CAB files 75 MIB files 109 sample NPCP code 116 touch screen cleaning 226 illustrated 226 Troubleshooting CAB Wiza
58. notably the lack of a desktop and the addition of the Today Screen To carry the Pocket PC logo all devices must be tested at an Independent Test Laboratory The ITL testing is done based on Microsoft requirements The test lab then reports the findings back to Microsoft Corporation and Intermec If the CN2B Computer passed all tests Intermec is allowed to ship the device with the Pocket PC logo Each time the operating system is modified Intermec must resubmit to ITL testing 140 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming This means we cannot change the operating system much and still be a Pocket PC device For example if we remove Word from the Start menu the device would fail ITL testing and we would not be able to ship devices with the Pocket PC logo Although many customers want a Pocket PC device some customers would prefer that their users not have access to all of the Pocket PC features Inter mec cannot customize the operating system in any way but a custom appli cation can e Delete items from the Start menu and Programs folder These items are just shortcuts in the file system so the application is not really being deleted Cold booting the device brings these items back so the applica tion will need to be run on every cold boot e Use the RegFlushKey API to save a copy of the registry to a storage device See the CN2B Management Tools portion for more information on how to do this Saving a copy
59. on the page To close Find tap outside the box To return to your original page tap the title and then tap Return on the pop up menu Copying Text You can copy text from books that support this feature into any program that accepts text On a book page select the text you want to copy Then tap Copy Text on the pop up menu The text can be pasted into the program of your choice Adding Bookmarks When you add a bookmark to a book a color coded bookmark icon appears in the right margin You can add multiple bookmarks to a book Then from anywhere in the book tap the bookmark icon to go to the bookmarked page Highlighting Text When you highlight text it appears with a colored background Attaching Notes to Text When you attach a note to text you enter the text in a notepad that appears on top of the book page A Note icon displays in the left margin To show or hide the note tap the icon Adding Drawings When you add a drawing a Drawing icon appears in the bottom left corner of the page and drawing tools appear across the bottom of the page Draw by dragging your stylus Annotations Index To see a list of a book s annotations including bookmarks highlights text notes and drawings tap Annotations Index on the book s cover page You can tap an entry in the list to go to the annotated page CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 67 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Removing a Book When you finish reading a book you can
60. or the network rather than through synchronization with your desk top tap Tools gt Options From the Send meeting requests via drop down list tap the service to use to send the meeting request Finding an Appointment There are two ways to find an appointment e Tap Start gt Find enter the appointment name tap the Type arrow and select Calendar from the drop down list and then tap Go e In the calendar tap Tools gt Categories and select the type of appoint ment you want displayed To show all appointments again tap Tools gt Categories and clear all categories E AREA Enter a phrase or tap the list for existing phrases Find Staff E Tap for a list of areas where to search this phrase Type Calendar Results 5 Staff Meeting Tap these to see details Appointment 9 28 05 9 00 AM E Batch Recall Appointment 9 79 05 12 00 PM t4 Note In Find you can tap the Find arrow to select from a list of items of previously searched items or phrases Deleting an Appointment 1 In the calendar tap and hold the appointment 2 On the pop up menu tap Delete Appointment The next time you syn chronize the appointment is also deleted from the desktop Changing Calendar Options In the calendar tap Tools gt Options e To see appointment indicators select icons to display in Show icons You can choose to display indicators for such things as recurring appointments appointments with notes and appointments with reminde
61. or to a different location to re establish tion Server or host computer and communications Once you are in range again the network connection icon you move to a new site to collect appears again Any data you collected while out of range is transmitted over the data A Network Connection icon network was visible but now the no net work connection icon is visible The no network connection icon The no network connection icon appears in three situations appears on the status bar e The CN2B RIO may not have an IP address You must configure an IP address for the CN2B Computer or make sure that DHCP assigned an address Use Intermec Settings and select the radio tab to make sure an IP address is assigned e The CN2B Computer may not be connected to the access point Try these possible solutions in order e Make sure the access point is turned on and operating e Make sure you are not using the CN2B Computer out of range of an access point Try moving closer to an access point to re establish commu nications Make sure the CN2B Computer is configured correctly for your network The radio parameters on the CN2B Computer must match the values set for all access points the CN2B Computer may communicate with e Ifyou have an 802 11b g radio the radio initialization process may have failed Try resetting the CN2B Computer If you have tried these possible solutions and the no network connection icon still appears you may have a defectiv
62. settings decode security and virtual wedge are configured from the Intermec Settings applet See the the Intermec Computer Command Reference Manual avail able from the Intermec web site at www intermec com for more informa tion about each enabled option CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 123 Chapter 6 Scanner Support Internal Scanner Supported Symbologies The EV10 Scanner supports these symbologies Code 39 UPC EAN Code 128 Interleaved 2 of 5 Code 93 Codabar Standard 2 of 5 MSI Plessey Code 11 Matrix 2 of 5 Telepen RSS Vest Code 39 ISBT 128 Code 93i The EV10 also supports the following stacked symbologies PDE 417 Micro PDF Macro PDF Codablock RSS Reading Distances Typical reading distances are done in an office environment using office lights 4 lux Minimum distances are measured in the dark 0 lux Both reading distances are provided in respective scan engine integration guides Contact your Intermec representative for more information Below are the minimum standard reading distances for the CN2B Com puters built with the EV10 integrated scan engine When correctly mounted an exit window reduces reading distances by about 4 EV10 Minimum Reading Distances with 0 04 Setbacks Minimum Maximum Symbology Bar Code Content Density Distances Distances Code 39 RESO 0 100 MM 0 1mm 4 mil 6 25 cm 4 26 13 87 cm 5 46 R 0 125 MM 0 125 mm 5 mil 9 80 cm 3 86 16 92 cm 6 66 0 25 0 2
63. tap Tools gt Entry Bar e To create a task with detailed information such as start and due dates tap New To enter notes tap the Notes tab You can enter a start date and due date or enter other information by first tapping the field If the input panel is open you need to hide it to see all available fields CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 You can enter text draw or create a recording For more information on creating notes see Notes Capturing Thoughts and Ideas on page 52 e To change a task tap it in the task list and then tap Edit e Using the onscreen keyboard enter a description e To assign the task to a category tap Categories and select a category from the list In the task list you can display tasks by category e When finished tap ok to return to the task list E Tasks st EST ok Tap to choose from predefined subjects Subject Send Approval e Priority Normal Status Not Completed Starts None Due None Occurs ONCE Reminder Mone Categories Mo categories Sensitivity Normal Use Notes to store additional information Task Motes Edit E menu Then tap Tap here to add a new task and enter the information La Note To create a task with only a subject tap Entry Bar on the Tools Synchronizing Tasks Tasks stored on your CN2B Computer can synchronize with Microsoft Outlook on your desktop Task synchronization is automatically s
64. technology does not protect the network from rogue APs These can mimic a legitimate access point to authentication proto cols and user credentials This provides illegal users ways to mimic legiti mate users and steal network resources and compromise security Check this box to detect and report client behavior suspected of being rogue access points Once detected your CN2B Computer no longer associates with that access point until you perform a warm boot CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings Clear this box to solve access point connection problems that result when an access point gets put on the rogue access point list due to inadvertant failed authentications and not because it is a real rouge e Enable mixed cell Mixed cell is a profile dependent setting If enabled you can connect to mixed cell without using WEP then you can query the cell to determine whether you can use encryption e Allow fast roaming CCKM When using a wireless LAN that uses Cisco Access Points a LEAP enabled client device can roam from one access point to another without involving the authentication RADIUS server If enabled Cisco Cen tralized Key Management CCKM an access point configured to pro vide Wireless Domain Services WDS takes the place of the RADIUS server caching credentials of an initial authentication with the RADIUS server and authenticates the client without perceptible delay in voice
65. that enabling this effectively disables all SET com mands in this API UINT EnableZeroConfig USHORT TRUE Enable Wireless Zero Config Disable Wireless Zero Config ERROR SUCCESS when successful ERR ZERO CONFIG CHANGE_ FAILED when the query failed Call this function to set the desired Zero Config status ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_EnableZeroConfig USHORT else UINT EnableZeroConfig USHORT endif isZeroConfigEnabled Call this function to determine whether Zero Config is currently enabled UINT isZeroConfigEnabled None TRUE if ZeroConfig is enabled and FALSE if it is disabled None ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PEN_isZeroConfigEnabled else UINT isZeroConfigEnabled endif isSupplicantRunning Call this function to determine whether the security supplicant is running UINT isSupplicantRunning None TRUE if the security supplicant is running FALSE if not running None ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_isSupplicantRunning else UINT isSupplicantRunning endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 177 Chapter 7 Programming Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions 178 StartScanList If a scan list is configured on the system this causes the API to begin the process of
66. the Intermec Device Network Announcement IDNA Adjusting this value may be useful in assigning a symbolic name to this device for asset tracking Key HKLM Software Intermec IFTP Value Type REG_SZ Valid Range None Default None DeviceURL This parameter configures the Intermec FTP Server to transmit the speci fied URL in the IDNA This can be used by Intermec management soft ware for asset management Key HKLM Software Intermec IFTP Value Type REG_SZ Valid Range None Default None CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 143 Chapter 7 Programming 144 IDNATarget This parameter configures the Intermec FTP Server to transmit the IDNA to a specific destination instead of a general UDP broadcast This parame ter is useful on networks that do not allow UDP broadcasts to be routed between subnets The use of this parameter restricts the reception of the IDNA to the target destination only Key HKLM Software Intermec IFTP Value Type REG_SZ Valid Range None Default None ManifestName This parameter configures the Intermec FTP Server to transmit the speci fied manifest name in the IDNA This parameter is used by the Intermec 6920 Communications Server for communication transactions See 6920 Communications Server documentation for proper use of this parameter Key HKLM Software Intermec IFTP Value Type REG_SZ Valid Range None Default iftp ini PauseAtStartup This configures the Interme
67. the following To Enter This Orange Plane The orange plane contains values from the keypad when a key is simulta neously pressed with the orange key such as the following Press the Keys To Enter This orange 0 Start menu orange 6 A4 orange 9 PgDn CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 183 Chapter 7 Programming Alpha Green Plane The alpha plane contains values from the keypad when the keypad has been placed in alpha mode by pressing the green Alpha key such as To Enter This Alpha 1 Caps Alpha 5 j Alpha 9 w Locating the Registry Settings for Your Key Values Key values for each plane are stored in the registry All units ship with a default key mapping loaded in the registry Applications that change the default mapping need to read the appropriate key from the registry into an array of words modify the values required and then write the updated val ues back into the registry The registry access can be done with standard Microsoft API calls such as RegOpenKeyEx RegQueryValueEx and RegSetValueEx These registry keys contain the plane mappings e The unshifted plane mapping can be found in the registry at HKEY LOCAL MACHINE HARDWARE DEVICEMAP KEYBD Vkey e The orange plane mapping can be found in the registry at HKEY LOCAL MACHINE HARDWARE DEVICEMAP KEYBD VkeyGold e The alpha plane mapping can be found in the registry at HKEY LOCAL MACHINE HARDWARE DEVICEMAP KEYBD
68. the printer s status Use IOCTL_NPCP_FLUSH to poll the printer s status If an error is reported by the IOCTL then use IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR to get the error and determine the correct recovery procedure Sample Code See sample code in the CN2B Dev Tools Installable Drivers Port Driv ers Npcp NPCPPrint directory for more details on printing printer com munications and error code handling NPCP Error Codes Z1 Definition define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define define Call the IOCTL_NPCP_ ERROR I O control function to receive PL N compatible error codes Applications must decide how to act upon the data returned OT NPCP COMnanicattons Errors and Printer Errors PNRDY BYTE 102 77 Link not ready error RXTMO BYTE 104 link no receive error TXTMO BYTE 106 link no transmit error BADADR BYTE 111 frame address error GAPERR BYTE 112 link gap error timeout in receive data LORPE BYTE Lio f f Trame parity error on length fierd IFTS BYTE 120 session layer invalid frame this state NS NE VR BYTE 121 session layer sequence error NR NE VS BYTE 122 session layer sequence error MAC CRCERR BYTE 124 MAC CRC error RLENERR BYTE 123 J7 MAC too much data received FRMERR BYTE 200 Frame Reject
69. the read only attribute e Use AUTOCAB to extract all files when a cold boot is performed on the CN2B Computer See the Software Tools Users Manual for information CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 83 Chapter 3 Installing Applications 84 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Gi Network Support This chapter includes information about the different networks supported by the CN2B Mobile Computer and ways to configure and manage those networks Note that the CN2B Mobile Computer automatically installs the appropriate software for radio or phone use when the unit is turned on Below are the main topics of this chapter e Personal Area Networks page 86 e Local Area Networks page 92 e Wide Area Networks page 100 e Remote Access Modems page 100 e Management page 108 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 85 Chapter 4 Network Support Personal Area Networks Bluetooth is the name given to a technology standard using short range radio links intended to replace cables connecting portable and fixed elec tronic devices The standard defines a uniform structure for a range of devices to communicate with each other with minimal user effort Its key features are robustness low complexity low power and low cost The tech nology offers wireless access to LANs the mobile phone network and the internet for a host of home appliances and mobile computer interfaces Wireless Printing can also be done with Microsoft
70. type a reference that is in the hidden column Then tap Format gt Column gt Unhide For more information on using Pocket Excel tap Start gt Help gt Pocket Excel to see Pocket Excel Help MSN Messenger on your CN2B Computer provides the same chat envi ronment as MSN Messenger on your desktop These features include e Seeing who is online e Sending and receiving instant messages e Having an instant message conversation with a group of contacts e Telling contacts that you are unavailable e Blocking contacts from seeing your status or sending you messages To use MSN Messenger you need a Microsoft Passport account or a Microsoft Exchange e mail account that your employer provides Once you have one of these accounts do the following 1 Set up a connection on your CN2B Computer such as a wireless con nection that enables you to connect to the Internet 2 Set up an account in MSN Messenger 3 Sign in to MSN Messenger Note To set up a free Hotmail account go to www hotmail com To set up a Microsoft Passport account go to www passport com To set up an Exchange account see your network administrator For more information on using MSN Messenger tap Start gt Help gt MSN Messenger to see MSN Messenger Help To switch to MSN Messenger tap Start gt Programs gt MSN Messenger Setting Up an Account Before you can use MSN Messenger you must set up the instant messaging accounts to use For MSN Messenger Serv
71. visit and then tap Go Tap the arrow to choose from previously entered addresses Note To add a favorite link while using the CN2B Computer go to the page you want to add tap and hold on the page and tap Add to Favorites CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 71 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 72 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 3 Installing Applications There are multiple ways to get an application to your CN2B Mobile Com puter like there are multiple ways to package the application for delivery CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 73 Chapter 3 Installing Applications Packaging an Application Use any of these methods to package an application for installation e For very simple applications the application itself might be the only file that needs to be delivered e It could be a directory structure that contains the application supporting files like ActiveX controls DLLs images sound files and data files e Or you could package an application via a CAB file Consider any of the following when choosing a location into which to store your application e In the basic CN2B Computer there are two built in storage options the Object Store and the Persistent Storage Manager PSM The Object Store is RAM that looks like a disk Anything copied here is deleted when a cold boot is performed on the CN2B Computer The PSM is an area of storage which is embedded in a section of the system s FLASH memory
72. 0x40000000 Ignore date while overwriting the target file CE_COPYFLG_SHARED 0x80000000 Create a reference when a shared DLL is counted CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 131 Chapter 7 Programming Example DefaultInstall SH3 CopyFiles Files Common Files SH3 DefaultInstall MIPS CopyFiles Files Common Files MIPS AddReg This section under the DefaultInstall section is optional and describes the keys and values that the CAB file adds to the device registry Within the DefaultInstall section a reference may have been made to this sec tion such as AddReg RegSettings All This section defines the options for that setting Required No e add registry_section registry_root_string String that specifies the registry root location The following list shows the values supported by Windows CE e HKCR Same as HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT e HKCU Same as HKEY_CURRENT_ USER e HKLM Same as HKEY LOCAL MACHINE e add_registry_section value_name Registry value name If empty the default registry value name is used e add_registry_section flags Numeric value that specifies information about the registry key The fol lowing table shows the values that are supported by Window CE Flag Value Description FLG_ADDREG_NOCLOBBER 0x00000002 Ifthe registry key exists do not overwrite it Can be used with any of the other flags in this table FLG_ADDREG_TYPE_SZ 0x00000000 REG_SZ registry data type FLG ADDREG TYPE M
73. 1 Chapter 7 Programming Note You should consult the RFC959 specification for proper use of some L of these commands at the following URL e www ietf org rfc rfc959 txt for the text version or e www w3 org Protocols rfc959 for an html version Do the following to send commands 1 Start an FIP client and connect to the device FTP server 2 Log in with intermec as the user name and cr52401 for the pass word 3 From the FTP client send the command 4 Wait for a response Synopsis ftpdce options Options Aaddr where addr is in the form of a b c d Sets the single target address to which to send the network announcement Default is broadcast Bbyte Sets the FTP data block size Smaller sizes may be useful over slower links Default is 65536 Cname Sets the device name Used by Intermec management software Fvalue Disables the default Intermec account A value of 0 disables the account Default is 1 Note that disabling the default account without providing a working access control list on the server will result in a device that will not accept any FTP connections Sets the interval between network announcements in seconds 0 turns the network announce ment off Default is 30 seconds where addr is in the form of a b c d Sets the preferred 6920 Communications Server optional where og is either 0 or 1 Sets the state of logging Default is 0 disabled S
74. 114 Writing mode Pocket Word 59 Writing on the screen Pocket Word 59 Writing on the screen See Notes 26 Writing to drivers DTR 118 244 NPCP 114 X Xscale processor ID IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 Z Zero Configuration enabling 198 enabling WPA authentication 98 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Jntermec Worldwide Headquarters 6001 36th Avenue West Everett Washington 98203 U S A tel 425 348 2600 fax 425 355 9551 www intermec com CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual P N 935 001 002
75. 13pm becomes 9 13 PM 911 becomes 9 11 AM and 9p becomes 9 00 PM Tap to return to the calendar appointment is saved 7 Calendar pe sf 1 00 o os Di automatically bet OOOO O A errii Tap to choose from predefined text Starts 9 29 05 12 00 PM 2 a ti Tap to choose from previously entered locations ay Occurs ONCE Reminder Remind me Tap to choose a date and time 15 minutes Categories Mo categories Attendees No attendees i a Use Notes to record information Status Busy Sensitivity Normal Appointment Notes Edit Creating an All Day Event To create an all day event do the following 1 Tap New 2 Tap All Day then select Yes Ea Calendar Fea PERIT ok Subject Location Starts Ends All Day Occurs SAP Training 0 29 05 9 29 05 ll Tap to select whether this is an all day event CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Reminder 15 minutes Mo categories No attendees Busy Nor mal Categories Attendees Status Sensitivity Appointment Edit E Note To change an all day event switch to Day or Agenda view tap the event listed at the top of the calendar then tap Edit Change any appoint ment detail by tapping it and entering the new information You cannot modify or create all day events with attendees on the CN2B Computer If you create all day events with attendees on your desktop use ActiveSync to copy such events to the CN2B Computer Then
76. 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_RESET_INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_HAL_REBOOT 159 182 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 182 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 159 KernelloControl 150 Key clicks bar code configuration 214 218 configuration parameter 214 Key sequences alpha green keys 8 orange keys 8 Keypad advanced remapping 185 alpha green key sequences 8 alpha plane 184 change notification 185 driver registry settings 184 orange key sequences 8 orange plane 183 planes 183 registry settings alpha plane 184 orange plane 184 unshifted plane 184 remapping 182 scan codes 185 specifications 17 L LEAP 802 11 radio module network EAP 209 WPA encryption 208 profile security information 208 WEP encryption 208 LEAP security fast roaming CCKM 213 LED status 9 Letter recognizer Windows Mobile input panel 25 Library Microsoft Reader 66 Line printing 112 235 Index IpBytesReturned IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOT_ DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOTLOADER_VERI NFO 156 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICE_INFO 150 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_HAL GET OAL _VERINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_ GET RESET _INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 160 IpInBuf IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_HAL _COLDBOOT 157 IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOT_ DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL _GET_ BOOTLOADER_VERI NFO 156 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICE_INFO 150 IOCTL_HAL_GET
77. 185 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index CreateFile 112 DIR printing 117 NPCP printing 112 113 D Date setting 216 Date Time configuration parameter 214 DefaultInstall AddReg 129 CESelfRegister 129 CESetupDLL 129 CEShortcuts 129 Copyfiles 129 DeregisterDevice 113 DIR printing 117 DestinationDirs file_list_section 130 Detect rogue APs 212 DEVICEID H 154 DevicelOControl 161 DIR printing 117 NPCP printing 112 DeviceloControl NPCP printing 114 DeviceName FTP Server 143 DeviceURL FTP Server 143 DHCP 99 replicating registry settings 77 disk_ordinal SourceDiskNames 129 Display specifications 16 DllRegisterServer 129 DllUnregisterServer 129 Documents creating via Pocket Word 57 DRAM low battery shutdown 3 maintenance 4 Drawing creating 28 Drawing mode Pocket Word 60 Drawing on the screen Pocket Word 60 Drawings adding via Microsoft Reader 67 231 Index Drivers DTR communications 118 installing 117 opening 117 removing 117 writing to 118 NPCP closing 114 communications 115 I O controls 114 installing 113 opening 113 reading from 114 removing 113 writing to 114 DIR printing 117 closing driver 118 communications 118 opening driver 117 removing driver 117 writing to driver 118 E EAP FAST 802 11 radio module network EAP 211 WPA encryption 210 211 profile security information 209 WEP encryption 210 Edi
78. 1x2150 mAh cells customer replaceable Battery Capacity 7 95 Watt hours Battery Life 6 10 hours application dependent Recharging Time 4 hours Charging Range 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F Regulator Approvals FCC Part 15 Class B UL Listing CE Mark CB Report Standard Communications RS232 USB CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 17 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer 18 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Y Windows Mobile 2003 This chapter introduces Microsoft Windows Mobile 2003 for Pocket PC While using your CN2B Computer keep these key points in mind e Tap Start on the navigation bar located at the top of the screen to quickly move to programs files and settings Use the command bar at the bottom of the screen to perform tasks in programs The command bar includes menus icons and the onscreen keyboard e Tap and hold an item to see a pop up menu containing a list of actions you can perform Pop up menus give you quick and easy access to the most common actions Below is a list of Windows Mobile 2003 components described in this chapter Tap Start gt Help on your CN2B Computer to find additional information on Windows Mobile components Microsoft ActiveSync page 34 Pocket Word page 57 MSN Messenger page 62 Microsoft Reader page 66 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 19 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Software Builds Go to Software Build Version on page 12 to dete
79. 3 Enter the access phone number using some of the following guidelines If you know part of the phone number changes frequently as you travel create dialing rules to avoid creating numerous modem connections for the same phone number For more information tap Use Dialing Rules e Enter the phone number exactly as you want it dialed For example if you call from a business complex or hotel that requires a nine before dialing out enter 9 in front of the phone number 104 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support e Enter the APN provided by your mobile phone service provider e When using dialing rules phone numbers are entered differently To use additional numbers such as a 9 to dial from an office complex or hotel you must use additional dialing rules or change dialing pat terns See Create Dialing Rules via the online help for information a In the Country Region box enter the appropriate code when dialing internationally For more information contact an operator at your local phone company b In the Area code box enter the area code if needed c Enter the main phone number then tap Next to continue E Settings 4 d 2 43 Company Connection gt Country Region code Area code Phone number IF you travel or change area codes often use dialing rules E 4 Enter the user name password and domain if provided by an ISP or your network administrator If a doma
80. 4 216 configuration parameter 214 W Wakeup mask applet 194 WAP pages 68 connecting to an ISP 101 Warm boot IOCTL_HAL REBOOT 159 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index Warm boot performing 11 WAV files 59 Wavelink Avalanche 76 WCESTART INI 130 Web browsers FTP support 147 Web pages 68 connecting to an ISP 101 WEP encryption EAP FAST security method 210 LEAP security method 208 PEAP security method 200 profile security information 199 TLS security method 202 TTLS security method 204 205 zero configuration 97 Windows CE documentation MSDN 100 Windows Media Player Start menu icon 22 Windows Mobile 65 Windows Mobile ActiveSync 34 basic skills 21 command bar 22 getting connected 100 MSN Messenger 62 navigation bar 22 notifications 23 Pocket Excel 60 Pocket Word 57 popup menus 23 programs 21 support URLs 20 Today screen 21 where to find information 20 Windows Media Player 65 writing on the screen 26 Wireless network 94 197 specifications 17 Wireless TCP IP installations BlockSize parameter 143 Workbook creating via Pocket Excel 61 WPA authentication with pre shared key Zero Configuration 98 WPA encryption EAP FAST security method 210 211 LEAP security method 208 PEAP security method 200 TLS security method 203 TTLS security method 205 WP port 87 243 Index WriteFile 112 DIR printing 117 118 NPCP printing 112
81. 5 mm 10 mil 5 99 cm 2 36 23 77 cml 9 36 5 0 5 mm 20 mil 3 96 cm 1 56 30 89 cm 12 16 RIMM 1 mm 40 mil 7 53 cm 2 96 39 78 cm 15 66 UPC EAN 120010010100 0 33 mm 13 mil 4 98 cm 1 96 25 81 cm 10 16 PDF417 10 mil 0 254 mm 10 mil 9 80 cm 3 86 16 92 cm 6 66 15 mil 0 381 mm 15 mil 7 77 cml 3 06 18 95 cm 7 46 124 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 7 Programming The following programming information pertains to the CN2B Mobile Computer Creating CAB Files page 126 Customization and Lockdown page 140 FIP Server page 141 Kernel I O Controls page 150 Network Selection APIs page 161 Notifications page 181 Reboot Functions page 182 Remapping the Keypad page 182 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 125 Chapter 7 Programming Creating CAB Files The Windows CE operating system uses a CAB file to install an applica tion on a Windows CE based device A CAB file is composed of multiple files that are compressed into one file Compressing multiple files into one file provides the following benefits e All application files are present e A partial installation is prevented e The application can be installed from several sources such as a desktop computer or a Web site Use the CAB Wizard application CABWIZ EXE to generate a CAB file for your application Creating Device Specific CAB Files Do the following to create a device specific CAB file for an app
82. APIs including Blue tooth extensions for Winsock and Bluetooth virtual COM ports Informa tion about other Bluetooth software is in the Bluetooth Resource Kit and the Bluetooth Resource Kit User s Guide via the Intermec Developer Library IDL which is available as a download from the Intermec web via www intermec com idl See your Intermec representative for information About the Application Bluetooth is not started automatically by default after a cold boot is per 6 formed To run Bluetooth tap Start gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt Bluetooth the Bluetooth icon The CN2B Computer retains the Bluetooth state when warm boots are performed for example e If Bluetooth is active and a warm boot was performed the CN2B Com puter boots up with the Bluetooth state activated and Bluetooth virtual COM ports such as printing registered However you must reactivate connections as the system does not do these automatically e If Bluetooth is inactive and a warm boot was performed the CN2B Computer boots up with Bluetooth deactivated Mode The default tab activates or deactivates Bluetooth When Bluetooth is acti vated the CN2B Computer discovers and connects to remote devices settings e 46215 Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth On to enable o this device to discover and connect to remote devices fi On Turn Bluetooth Off to disable connections from remote devices and to save power i Off Mode Wireless Prin
83. B Computer face down on a clean flat stable surface 3 Push down on the battery door latch and pull up on the battery door SA Battery door latch 4 Remove the battery door and set it aside CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer 5 Insert the stylus between the battery and the CN2B case and press straight down until the battery is released 6 Remove the battery and set it aside 7 Pull the tab toward the bottom on the CN2B Computer to remove the Secure Digital card SD card Wireless Network Support Radios are installed at the factory and cannot be installed by a user The CN2B Computer must be serviced to install or replace radios Contact your Intermec representative for more information See Chapter 4 Network Support for information about supported radios void the user s authority to operate the equipment t4 Note Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Intermec could CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 15 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Accessories The following accessories are available for the CN2B Computer Note that this is not a complete list Contact your Intermec representative for informa tion about these and other accessories that are not in this list AC Wall Adaptor Battery Car Charger Handstrap Holster Modem Dock Replacement Stylus Kit tethered stylus Screen Cleaner Kit Screen Protector Kit 3 pack Singl
84. CESSOR_INFO structure The PROCESSOR _ INFO structure stores information that describes the CPU more descriptively typedef__PROCESSOR_INFO WORD wvVersion Set to value 1 WCHAR szProcessorCore 40 ARM 0 WORD wCoreRevision 4 WCHAR szProcessorName 40 PXA255 0 WORD wProcessorRevision 0 WCHAR szCatalogNumber 100 0 WCHAR szVendor 100 Intel Corporation 0 DWORD dwInstructionSet 0 DWORD dwClockSpeed 400 nOutBufSize Should be set to sizeof PROCESSOR_INFO in bytes IpBytesReturned Returns sizeof PROCESSOR_INFO Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails May use GetLastError to get the extended error value Returns Xscale processor ID Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL GET CPU ID LPVOID lpInBuf DWORD ninBufSize LPVOID IpOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpBytesReturned Parameters IpInBuf Should point to a CPUIdInfo structure defined in OEMIO CTL H IpInBufSize Should be sizeof CPUIdInfo IpOutBuf Should be NULL nOutBufSize Should be set to 0 IpBytesReturned Returns sizeof PROCESSOR_INFO Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails May use GetLastError to get the extended error value CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming Network Selection APIs The Network Selection APIs change the network
85. CN2B Computer Battery The CN2B Computer comes with an 7 95 Watt hour 3 7V 2150mAh i replaceable Lilon battery To view the status of this battery tap Start gt Set Power tings gt the System tab gt the Power icon gt the Power tab to view the cur rent status of both the main battery and the backup battery Tap ok to exit H Settings e 46056 ok Main battery Lilon Recharging Charging Backup battery A 100 On battery power Turn off device if not used for On external power O Turn off device if not 5 minutes used for Power Battery Notifications If your computer shuts down because of low battery conditions your com puter does not operate This is done to ensure that data is protected Although the battery does protect the data against loss for several hours you should connect your computer to a power source when you first detect a low battery condition Your computer contains an internal supercapacitor a temporary power storage device that protects data for up to ten minutes This is to give you time to replace the main battery pack before that data is lost Be sure to put the computer in a suspend mode before doing so The lithium ion battery pack that is used in this device may present a A fire or chemical burn hazard if it is mistreated Do not disassemble it heat it above 100 C 212 F or incinerate it Warning Removing the main battery when the backup battery low or critically low icon
86. CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support Configuring USB Communications You can place the CN2B in the CN2B Modem Dock or the CN2B Com munications Dock to transfer data to and receive data from another device using USB communications The USB cable communications dock and modem dock are sold separately For more information on accessories and how to order them see Accessories on page 16 To use USB communications with your CN2B Computer 1 Connect the CN2B Communications Dock to the USB port of the other device using an appropriate USB cable 2 Make sure that your USB device is configured for USB communications 3 Insert the CN2B Computer into the CN2B Communications Dock 4 Turn on the CN2B Computer Configuring 802 11b g Radio Communications 1 Make sure all components with antennas are at least 30 cm 1 ft apart when power is applied Failure to comply could result in equipment Caution damage The wireless CN2B has an internal 802 11b g radio to transfer data using wireless communications This manual assumes you have already set up your wireless communications network including your access points If you are using a UDP Plus network you also need to have your Intermec Application Server communicating with a host computer Your CN2B Computer supports TCP IP and UDP Plus Configuring the Network Parameters for a TCP IP Network In a TCP IP network the CN2B Computer communicates with a host
87. CTLE HAL GET DEVICE INFO iii lee ais 150 lOCTL HAL TIC READ PARM assi 151 IOCTL_HAL_ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 0005 153 TOCIL HAL AGE DPV IGEN ta a a lia us 154 IOCTL_HAL_GET_OAL_VERINFO 00 00 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_ BOOTLOADER _VERINFO 155 OCTE HAL WARMBOOT tit adds 156 SETE HAL COEDBOOT roll ode ae ha 157 OCTL HAT GET RESET IN POr its odds 157 T OCTE HAL GET BOOT DEVICE lt is Gere esis es 158 OCTEHAE REBOO aes ob ies ed Soin beta 159 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 000 008 ee 159 IOCTFE GET CPU nena eee eae Oe or re ee 160 Network Selection APIS curada bao ea 161 Basic Connect Disconnect Functi0NS o ooo oo o 162 Radio Conector snai subite ia 162 Radi Disconnect adi dd tada lata 163 Radio Disassocidte ida a en ante arta eters 163 x CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Contents Query Information FOICHODs s pinta fee 163 GetAssociation AUS cis li 163 GetAuthenticationMode 0 0 0c ee ee ee eens 164 CEL OHO ae eee SE 164 CAD ES IA A Sa 165 E A eta 165 E O iene ti 166 GetNetworkModel sii risaie e e e 166 GelNetwiotkIype i ics aid a dit ae eae 167 CE SOND ina o A 167 GetPowerModeDss sr eee ees tae Lea Pea 168 et ROW Gea ae ieee Re lai 168 Ga TxPo Wer luis ilo dida Ghee edo E aoe hots alee 169 GetW ep status i 4 ces seed II ate eg ene es 169 Getkadiol pad dress uc esas aa 170 EA 170 Set Intormaton FUNCUON
88. Connournuon Bat Codes spalanca an dala 216 Audo VOLS nino ra a taaan 216 Aone gt auto uc taras ss a ie ea 217 Backlit TINEOU soi lari 218 SA SIE RETI 218 Virtual Wedge Grid Preamble Postamble oooooooomoomo m 219 Gilli ciba A EEE E AA E AAEE EEE AEAT EE 219 Preambles sis 6 4 4 cok Gore daa decia A R ado ee 219 Postamible neto a ash ace ee heed ets ant A et Set ee 219 xii CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Contents B Troubleshooting the CN2B Compute 221 Sending the CN2B Computer to Intermec for Service LL 225 Cleaning the Scanner Window and the Touch Screen 2 0 0 0 eee ee eee 226 l MAER earen A ii 297 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual xiii Contents xiv CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Before You Begin Before You Begin This section provides you with safety information technical support infor mation and sources for additional product information Safety Information Your safety is extremely important Read and follow all warnings and cau tions in this document before handling and operating Intermec equipment You can be seriously injured and equipment and data can be damaged if you do not follow the safety warnings and cautions This section explains how to identify and understand dangers warnings cautions and notes that are in this document A warning alerts you of an operating procedure practice condition or statement that must be stri
89. Dir S Import Files Export 0 InstallDir S Export Files Work 0 InstallDir Work Files WinCE 0 storage card wince CEStrings Required section AppName Rp32 InstallDir storage card sAppName Strings Optional section SAOfECUES ALLE Sample App 0 sample exe Uses the path in DestinationDirs Sample App 0 sample exe sInstallD1r The path is explicitly specified Files App rpm exe 0 TOM TAL FPMCSZIZ My gO mMmeccezi zola 79 0 OleCen1 7 Oil 5 0 OleceZ sds 5 0 EmA owce Cig 5 400 134 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual SEAN LAR HL AA RECSA nPE s A g0 ugrra dlls 74 0 simple dl 10 psi dli ppi pslpwce dll 0 NPEPPOELeALA x 0S6X COM Cel pi 90 Files DataBase rfpmdatadbd 0 Files Fonts tahoma ttf 0 Files BitMaps intermec bmp 0 rpmlogo bmp 40 rpmname bmp 0 TMPOT EDITO 0 export bmp 0 CLOCK OMODU Printer DNO 20 fllecopy bmp 0 Files Intl fang eng Diblyg 0 Files TelecomNcsCE HCSCe sexe op 0 a EN NATA 0 Files Windows Fesoam EXtrpy lO Files Import fe Same EXC 0 Files Export rteaodmes EXT iD Files Work readme txt 50 Files WinCE wcestart in1 0 RegSettings Al1 HKLM SOFTWARE Microsoft Shell AutoHide 0x00010001 1 HKLM SOFTWARE Microsoft Shell OnTop 0x00010001 0 HKLM SOFTWAREXMICTOSOLENCLOCK SHOW CLOCK 0x00010001 0 Clock is not on taskbar CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manua
90. Do not show hidden files and folders 28 Show hidden files and folders C Hide extensions for known file types Restore Defaults 4 Remove the CN2B Computer from the cradle and put another CN2B Computer in its place The ActiveSync application on your desktop should connect to the new unit Follow the instructions for Deleting the Old Registry File on page 78 put the new registry file in the root of the Flash File Store folder on the new CN2B Computer enable the registry save flag via the Utilities applet perform a warm boot and make sure these settings are saved Updating the System Software 80 When you upgrade your CN2B Computer you are updating the operating system OS and the Persistent Storage Manager PSM files The PSM files are stored in the Flash File Store region and deliver Inter mec value added functionality such as data collection unit configuration and diagnostics and Intermec s wireless security suite You need to download the latest upgrade files from the Intermec web site to your desktop PC 1 Start your web browser and go to the Intermec web site at www inter mec com wm2003 Click the PPC 2003 OS link fill out the appropriate information then click Submit Information Click OK to continue Click the link and download the zip file to your PC CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 3 Installing Applications 4 Follow the steps in one of the next sections
91. IDL for information about data collection functions The IDL is available as a download from the Intermec web site at www intermec com idl Con tact your Intermec representative for more information gt Tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Intermec Settings icon to access the applet Intermec E Intermec Settings 4 i 11 27 ES settings Data Collection Communications Device Settings SmartSystems Information ION Configuration Printers File Edit Yiew Help Es E CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 7 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Key Sequences Orange Plane Keys The orange plane key provides you access to display controls special char acters and Pocket PC options Press the orange key for each orange plane key stroke you wish to make For example to turn on the front light press and hold the orange key plus the 3 key To turn the front light off press the appropriate keys again Below and on the next page are the key sequences This table lists sequences that use the orange plane key See Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 to learn about the Pocket PC applications To Do This orange 3 Toggles the backlight also goes through backlight power levels if this key is held down orange Access the Pocket PC Record application see Note orange 4 Access the Pocket PC Calendar application see Note orange 5 Access the Pocket PC Contacts application see Note orange 6 A
92. Jntermec Vel User s Manual he CN2B Mobile Computer Intermec Technologies Corporation Worldwide Headquarters Cedar Rapids Technical Communications 6001 36th Ave W 550 Second Street SE Everett WA 98203 Cedar Rapids IA 52401 U S A U S A www intermec com The information contained herein is provided solely for the purpose of allowing customers to operate and ser vice Intermec manufactured equipment and is not to be released reproduced or used for any other purpose without written permission of Intermec Technologies Corporation Information and specifications contained in this document are subject to change without prior notice and do not represent a commitment on the part of Intermec Technologies Corporation 2006 by Intermec Technologies Corporation All rights reserved The word Intermec the Intermec logo Norand ArciTech Beverage Routebook CrossBar dcBrowser Duratherm EasyADC EasyCoder EasySet Fingerprint i gistics INCA under license Intellitag Intellitag Gen2 JANUS LabelShop MobileLAN Picolink Ready to Work RoutePower Sabre ScanPlus ShopScan Smart Mobile Computing TE 2000 Trakker Antares and Vista Powered are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Intermec Technologies Corporation There are U S and foreign patents as well as U S and foreign patent applications pending CERTIFIED Wi Fi is a registered certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance Microsoft Windows and t
93. LL 66 Using the Disertantes 66 Reading a Book isso EA na 67 Usine Reader Pertusa cdi ia 67 Removinsa Dodo opos E 68 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual vii Contents Pockeinterner Explore iis csc diana i 68 The Mobile Favorites Folder sses vcasia ewan eve oe OMe eae dee eee als 68 Paole ERROR aie cyte pecs etree eee ne Cea aon ee a ae 68 Mobile Favorites oc em baie eho keh Gut BR aA ote eR a ce eet dp nee 69 Using AvantGo Channels onions tes o ec esoo 70 Using Pocket Internet Explotar ooh dns od ne ine Mae ee ae eae 70 Viewing Mobile Favorites and Channels 70 Browsing tre Internaci n ostie ara ae 71 3 Installing Applications ccc ccc eee ee 73 Packaging an APPC O lt viney bade igen ee yee ee ee Sneek eave seals ees 74 Installing Applications otitis Bnet eee e ewer ae eee pee eae 74 Usine Microso t Actes id dates nity Ae paia 75 Usine A esas 76 Copying a secure Digital Storage Card sospiro ricade ceed 76 Usme Wavclink Avalanche sagaer aa a A E 76 Using the SmartSystems Console siriana elia m Replicating Settings Using the Registry st P Deleting the Old Registry Files escritor assi demesne gases 78 Confirming the New Registry Fille oir riria is ri 79 Updating Other Computers in Your Network 79 Updating the System Software ctra anale ele 80 Using a Secure Digital Card to Upgrade the CN2B Computer 81 Using the SmartSystems Console to Upgrade the CN2B Computer
94. LOADING typedef UINT PFN_isDHCPEnabled else UINT isDHCPEnabled endif RenewDHCP Call this to force a DHCP renewal on the current network adapter UINT RenewDHCP None ERROR SUCCESS when successful You should not have to call this function ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_RenewDHCP else UINT RenewDHCP endif GetCurrentDriverName Call this function to populate the TCHAR array with the driver name UINT GetCurrentDriverName TCHAR Pointer to a TCHAR array which contains the name of the driver when successful ERROR_SUCCESS when successful This function is called with a pointer to a TCHAR array that is large enough to hold the name of the driver PLUS the null terminator ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetCurrentDriverName TCHAR else UINT GetCurrentDriverName TCHAR endif 179 Chapter 7 Programming ResetRadioToSystemSave Call this function to force the radio to reset to the last desired active profile Syntax UINT ResetRadioToSystemSave Parameters None Return Values ERROR SUCCESS when successful Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_ResetRadioToSystemSave else UINT ResetRadioToSystemSave endif EnableSuppLogging Call this function to set the desired supplicant logging mode Syntax UINT EnableSuppLogging ULONG Parameters NDIS_SUPP_LOGGING_ON Supplicant Logging Enabl
95. Looking that up on an UNICODE character chart we see that it maps to a 4 If you wanted the key labeled 4 to output the letter A instead you would need to change the seventh word to 41 the hexadecimal representation of A from the UNICODE chart then put the key back into the registry t4 Note Do not remap scan codes 0x01 0x41 0x42 0x43 or 0x44 or the CN2B Computer becomes unit unusuable until a cold boot is performed If you wish to disable a certain key remap its scan code to 0x00 Change Notification Just changing the registry keys do not immediately change the key map pings Signal the TTC_KEYBOARD_CHANGE named event using the CreateEvent API to notify the keypad driver the registry was updated Advanced Keypad Remapping It is also possible to map multiple key presses to one button and to map named system events to a button The multiple key press option could be useful to cut down on the number of keys needed to press in a given situa tion or to remap which key behaves like the action key Mapping events to a button could be useful to change which buttons will fire the scanner con trol volume and allow for suspending and resuming the device If you need help performing one of these advanced topics please contact Intermec Technical Support Scan Codes At the lowest driver level the CN2B keypad identifies keys as scan codes These scan codes are sent via the keypad microcontr
96. M Inherits all CEDevice settings This will create a CAB file specific to ARM devices ProcessorType 2577 ARM cab file is valid for ARM microprocessors UnsupportedPlatforms pltfrml is still unsupported The following overrides the version settings so that no version checking is performed VersionMin VersionMax CEDevice MIPS Inherits all CEDevice settings This will create a CAB file specific to MIPS devices Processorlype 4000 MIPS CAB file is valid for MIPS microprocessor UnsupportedPlatforms pltfrm2 plitfrmi pltfrm2 unsupported for MIPS CAB file 128 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming in the previous example run the CAB Wizard with the cpu arm mips parameter 4 Note To create the two CPU specific CAB files for the SETUP INF file Defaultinstall This describes the default installation of your application Note that under this section you will list items expanded upon later in this description Required Yes e Copyfiles copyfile_list_section Maps to files defined later in the INF file such as Files App Files Font and Files Bitmaps e AddReg add_registry_section Example RegSettings All e CEShortcuts shortcut_list_section String that identifies one more section that defines shortcuts to a file as defined in the CEShortcuts section e CESetupDLL setup DLL Optimal string that specifies a SETUP DLL file It is written by th
97. MAC address after a successful call ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your TCHAR array is populated with the formatted MAC address of the adapter as follows xx xx XXTXXTXXTKX ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetMac TCHAR else UINT GetMac TCHAR endif function to work properly t4 Note Be sure to call RadioConnect before calling this function for this GetNetworkMode Call this function to get the current Network Mode SSID for the 802 11b g radio UINT GetNetworkMode ULONG e NDIS_NET_MODE_IBSS 802 11 Ad Hoc Mode 802 11 Infrastructure Mode Anything Else Unknown Error Automatic Selection Use of this option is not supported or recommended 5 Gigahertz 54 Mbps 802 11 2 4 Gigahertz ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your ULONG reference is populated with one of the parameters listed above ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetNetworkMode ULONG amp else UINT GetNetworkMode ULONG amp endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Chapter 7 Programming GetNetworkType Call this function to get the current network type of
98. Mobile Tel gruberbobbie aol co E mail dle Indicates the default Jasa Jaz JazHotShotsw aol c Joel Kurth jkurth the ark com e Kdn73053ma Klees Dottie dale klees mcleod Kurth Judy heyjude0526wmyah e Kurth Judy Linda Bahr bahr lindaa mayo e e LindaL Allen LindaL Allen hom e MAAS ROBE dudnbertziamsn c _ Tap for phone s email addresses New Yiew Tools Creating or Changing a Contact e To create a contact tap New To enter notes tap the Notes tab When finished tap ok to return to the contact list e To change a contact tap it in the contact list and then tap Edit To can cel edits tap Edit gt Undo When finished making changes tap ok to return to the contact list Note If you enter a name with more than two words the middle word is recorded as a middle name If your contact has a double first or last name tap the Name arrow and enter the names in the proper boxes Name Linda Bahr Job title Title First Middle Last Suffix Tap anywhere outside the box to return to details Note New contacts are added to the displayed category Adding a Note to a Contact You can add written or typed notes and even recordings if your device sup ports recordings to a contact Notes are handy for maps and drawings 1 In the contact list tap the contact CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 2 Tap t
99. New Connection gt Enter a name For the connection ISP Connection Select a modem Hayes Compatible on COMI kd E CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 101 Chapter 4 Network Support 3 Enter the access phone number then tap Next ISP Connection amp Enter the number exactly as it should be dialed Include any extra numbers such as an outside line or credit card 13193693626 If you travel or change area codes often use dialing rules E 4 Enter the user name password and domain if provided by an ISP or your network administrator then tap Finish If provided by ISP or network administrator E 5 Tap the Advanced tab from the Connections screen then tap Select Location to specify your current location These settings apply to all con nections Tap Use dialing rules tap OK then tap Edit to continue 4 Settings e 46236 Dialing Locations gt Based on Your location dialing rules determine how a number is dialed and the best number to use if more than one exists Use dialing rules Select where you are dialing From Home Work 6 Specify your current phone type If your phone type is pulse dialing check the Pulse dialing box If your type is tone dialing as most phone lines are then clear the Pulse dialing box Continue to tap ok to close each page and return to the Settings page 102 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Connecting to Work Chapter 4 Network
100. Opens or closes the program log SITE LOG Usage QUOTE SITE LOG oper filename close Lists the running processes SITE PLIST Usage QUOTE SITE PLIST Starts a program running If the program to run has spaces in path or filename wrapping the name with single quotes is required Usage QUOTE SITE RUN program Example QUOTE SITE RUN Storage Card app exe STATUS Returns the current settings of the FTP Server MAC serial number model IP address network announcement information as well as OS memory usage are returned SITE STATUS Usage QUOTE SITE STATUS TIMEOUT Toggles idle timeout between 120 to 1200 seconds 2 to 20 minutes If this timer expires with no activity between the client and the server the client connection will be disconnected If the optional seconds argument is supplied the server will set the con nection timeout to the number of seconds specified Default is 120 seconds or 2 minutes SITE TIMEOUT Usage QUOTE SITE TIMEOUT seconds Gives site command electronic key information SITE HELP Usage QUOTE SITE EKEY command Gives site command electronic value information SITE HELP Usage QUOTE SITE EVAL command Gives site command general value information SITE HELP Usage QUOTE SITE GVAL command Gives site command value information SITE HELP Usage QUOTE SITE PVAL command The remaining FTP requests specified in RFC 959 are recognized but not implemented The ban
101. PARM_80211_RADIOTYPE 152 ITC_NVPARM_BLUETOOTH_INSTAL LED 153 ITC_NVPARM_CONTRAST 152 ITC_NVPARM_DISPLAY_TYPE 151 ITC_NVPARM_ECN 152 ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_ DATACOL LECTION_HW 152 ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_ DATACOL LECTION_SW 152 ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_SOFTWAR E_CONTENT 152 ITC_NVPARM_MANF_DATE 151 ITC_NVPARM_MCODE 152 ITC_NVPARM_ SERIAL NUM 151 ITC_NVPARM_SERIAL2_INSTALLED 153 ITC_NVPARM_SERVICE_DATE 151 TITC_NVPARM_SIM_PROTECT_HW_I NSTALLED 153 ITC_NVPARM_SIM_PROTECT_SW_IN STALLED 153 ITC_NVPARM_VERSION_ NUMBER 152 ITC_NVPARM_ WAN _ RI 152 IOCTL_HAL ITC _WRITE_SYSPARM ITC_ WAKEUP_MASK 154 ITC_REGISTRY_SAVE_ENABLE 154 233 Index IDLs Bluetooth 86 data collection 7 108 122 192 printing 112 smartsystems 82 URL 12 IDNA DeviceName 143 DeviceURL 143 IDNA Target 144 ManifestName 144 IDNA Target FTP Server 144 IMAP4 Folder behavior connected to email server 55 Inbox accounts 55 connecting to a mail server 55 downloading messages from server 56 getting connected 100 managing email messages and folders 54 Start menu icon 22 synchronizing email messages 54 using My Text 30 INF files creating 126 Input panel letter recognizer 25 Pocket Word 58 selecting typed text 26 Windows Mobile 22 inserting SD card 13 Installation functions SETUP DLL 136 InstallDir CEStrings 127 installing SD card 13 Installing applications Avalanche 76 SmartSystems 77 using a storage card 76 using
102. RADIO_WEP_DISABLED Indicates that encryption WEP TKIP and AES is not supported Same as NDIS_RADIO_WEP_NOT_SUPPORTED Indicates that AES TKIP and WEP are dis abled and a transmit key is not available Same as NDIS_RADIO_WEP_ABSENT Indicates that TKIP and WEP are enabled AES is not enabled and a transmit key is available Indicates no transmit keys available for use by TKIP or WEP enabled and AES is not enabled Indicates that AES TKIP and WEP are enabled and a transmit key is available Indicates there are no transmit keys available for use by AES TKIP or WEP which are enabled Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT_ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_EncryptionStatus UINT mode else UINT EncryptionStatus UINT mode endif 172 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming SetAuthenticationMode Call this function to set the desired authentication mode Syntax UINT SetAuthenticationMode ULONG Parameters NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_OPEN 802 11 Open Authentication Indicates that the radio is using an open system 802 11 Shared Authentication Indicates that the radio is using a shared key Auto switch between Open Shared Indicates automatic detection is used when available Defined as error value Indicates the authenti
103. Returned Parameters Points to a DWORD containing either the SPI GETPLATFORMTYPE or SPI GETOEMINFO value Must be set to sizeof DWORD Must point to a buffer large enough to hold the return data of the function If SPI_GETPLATFORMTYPE is specified in p nBuf then the PocketPC 0 Unicode string is returned If SPI GETOEMINFO is specified in p nBuf then the Intermec 70010 Unicode string is returned The size of pOutBuf in bytes Must be large enough to hold the string returned IpBytesReturned The actual number of bytes returned by the function for the data requested 150 Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails GetLastError may be used to get the extended error value CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming IOCTL_HAL_ITC_READ_PARM Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelloControl IOCTL HAL ITC READ PARM LPVOID ipinBut DWORD nInBufS1ze LPVOID IpoutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpBytesReturned Parameters IpInBuf Points to this structure See JD Field Values below struct PARMS BYTE La BYTE Classid bi nInBufSize Must be set to the size of the PARMS structure IpOutBuf Must point to a buffer large enough to hold the return data of the function If this field is set to NULL and nOutBufSize is set to zero when the function is called the function will return the number bytes required by the buffer
104. S lt lt e464 ser setole TENORE 171 OOR A O E 171 AN A AA 171 EnCiypuonstatusl suit diia 172 SetAuthenticationMode LL 173 Dee WANN PRETE PETROLIERE CI PAPIRI 173 SerNetworllModel s c siro a eat 174 SerRower Modes sula letti RALE ine ehe ai 174 Dero LOO arch elle Aaa 175 CAD A o 175 SetMiedCGellModel occasioni ila ir VARS s 175 REMOVE Wep Seda NDA a aa es 176 Helper Puno a dd io aes Gags 176 Connor Prone essens p laos 176 EnableZcro Cono sila ti A e EEA 177 isZcroGonticEnabled0 i Sita rodas ads 177 SSUPPiCANtT RUNNING uc kisses sirio pegate 177 SEARLS CA WISE deine tenia boul alee aie ieee 178 STARSUPPlICDE Jeesuse ede eae eee eam ea 178 DEOPSUPPNCANt eai uapter tios dodne dd 178 ISPDBIGPEnabled erario arribar a 179 Renew DTG POs eee aca Lats Weal ar ei ai a Be 179 GetCurrentDriverName LL 179 ResetRadio ToSystemSave ssi is 180 EnableSippleoscino reiri a ia a ied 180 SwitchPacketDriver 0 ee cece eee eee eens 180 NOBILI elsa oa cece RR ni 181 NLED GetDeviceinilo a bes Mes eRe sede iena 181 NEEDS VGC se dec boda Cac a hese dc eel bt es eee oe Reece eh 182 Reboot FUNCION 1 See SSH A AE RIAD aaa 182 OG TEA REBOOT tia ds a da bat eta 182 OG TE HAL COLDBOOT ee ee elle a 182 OGFE HAL WARMBOO T uso elica 182 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual xi Contents Remappino the Kapadia bern reed 182 Choosing How to Change Keypad Registry Settings LL 183 Please sis od do da iaa dial 183 Unsht
105. S_ASIC 152 VN_CLASS_BOOTSTRAP 152 VN_CLASS_KBD 152 cleaning the scanner window and touch screen 226 Clock applet setting date and time 216 Windows Mobile settings 31 CloseHandle 112 DIR printing 117 118 NPCP printing 112 114 Closing drivers NPCP 114 Cold boot IOCTL_HAL _COLDBOOT 157 Cold boot performing 11 COMI NPCP parameter 113 COMI port 112 Command line syntax AutoCab 83 Communications DTR 118 NPCP 115 CompactFlash cards installing applications 76 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Computer shutdown 3 Configuration parameters automatic shutoff 214 backlight timeout 214 date time 214 key clicks 214 volume 214 ConfigureProfile 176 Connecting to an ISP 101 email server 108 Connecting to a mail server via Inbox 55 Connections directly to email server 108 ending 107 to an ISP 101 via modem 101 via modem to an ISP 101 Connections See Getting connected 100 Contacts adding to speed dial 49 changing options 49 copying 47 creating 44 MSN Messenger managing 64 sending messages 65 working with 64 sending a message 48 Start menu icon 22 synchronizing 45 viewing 45 contents in SDMMC Disk folder 14 Control panel applets intermec settings 192 Converting writing to text 27 CopyFiles file_list_section destination filename 131 flags 131 source filename 131 Copyfiles DefaultInstall 129 Copying contacts 47 COREDLL DLL 181 CPL802 CPL 162 CreateEvent
106. S_NETWORK_ EAP MODE_OFF Disable Network EAP CCX Enable Network EAP CCX Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT_ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_SetCCXStatus ULONG else UINT SetCCXStatus ULONG endif SetMixedCellMode Call this function to set the desired mixed cell mode Syntax UINT SetMixedCellMode ULONG Parameters NDIS_MIXED_CELL OFF Disable Mixed Cell Enable Mixed Cell Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT_ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_SetMixedCellMode ULONG else UINT SetMixedCellMode ULONG endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 175 Chapter 7 Programming Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions RemoveWep Call this with a key index of 0 3 to remove the WEP key at that index UINT Remove Wep ULONG ULONG value that specifies the key index to set Valid values are 0 3 ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_ FAILED when fails or ERR CONNECT_ FAILED if connection with radio fails On disassociation with all BSSIDs of the current service set WEP key is removed by the adapter ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_RemoveWEP ULONG else UINT RemoveWEP
107. Storage Card folder instead of the SDMMC Disk folder if a Secure Digital storage card is present in the system e If the application uses the RegFlushKey API it must first verify that the proper media is available in the system e Keyboard remapping is available on the CN2B Computer should you need to map these keys like that of the original computer see page 182 e Targeting the ARM SA1110 processor which creates applications that run on the CN2B Computer requires the Windows Mobile 2003 SDK Installing Cabinet Files CAB files short form of cabinet files are compressed folders as defined by Microsoft A cabinet file is a single file usually suffixed with CAB that stores compressed files in a file library A compressed file can be spread over several cabinet files During installation the setup application decom presses the files stored in a cabinet and copies them to the user s system For the CN2B Computer CAB files register DLLs create shortcuts mod ify registry entries and run custom setup programs Tap a CAB file to extract that file or place the CAB file on one of the approved storage devices in the CabFiles folder then perform a warm boot on the CN2B Com puter There are two methods available to extract a CAB file e Tap a CAB file to extract it With this method the CAB file is automat ically deleted when the extraction process is successful unless the CAB file is set with
108. Support Country code rea code Disable call waiting Pulse dialing Dialing Patterns Edit E To start the connection start using one of the following programs Once connected you can e Send and receive e mail messages by using Inbox Before you can use Inbox you need to provide the information it needs to communicate with the e mail server e Visit Web and WAP pages by using Pocket Internet Explorer For more information see Pocket Internet Explorer on page 68 e Send and receive instant messages with MSN Messenger For more information see MSN Messenger on page 62 Note To change modem connection settings in My ISP tap Manage existing connections Select the desired modem connection tap Settings and follow the instructions on the screen If you have access to a network at work you can send e mail messages view intranet pages synchronize your CN2B Computer and possibly access the Internet You can connect to work by creating a modem connection via a RAS Remote Access Server account Before you can create this modem connection your network administrator needs to set up a RAS account for you Your network administrator may also give you Virtual Private Net work VPN settings Note To change modem connection settings in My Work Network tap Manage existing connections Select the desired modem connection tap Edit and follow the instructions on the screen To view additional in
109. Syntax UINT GetAssociationStatus ULONG e Parameters NDIS_RADIO_ASSOCIATED Indicates the radio is associated with an access point NDIS_RADIO_SCANNING Indicates radio is looking to associate with an access point Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks Data is only valid if the function returns ERROR_SUCCESS Also if ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your ULONG reference is populated by one of the parameters listed above CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 163 Chapter 7 Programming Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetAssociationStatus ULONG amp Felse UINT GetAssociationStatus ULONG amp endif GetAuthenticationMode Call this function to obtain the radio s current authentication mode Syntax UINT GetAuthenticationMode ULONG e Parameters NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_OPEN 802 11 Open Authentication Indicates that the radio is using an open system 802 11 Shared Authentication Indicates that the radio is using a shared key Auto switch between Open Shared Indicates automatic detection is used when available Defined as error value Indicates authentication mode was not determined or is unknown WPA Authentication WPA Preshared Key Authentication WPA None Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT FAILED if a connecti
110. TP request is the same as the ls lgA command Gives list files in a directory Makes a directory Always Uses Binary Specifies data transfer mode Not supported Gives a name list of files in directory this request is the same as the s command Does nothing Specifies a password Prints the current working directory Terminates session Retrieves a file Removes a directory Specifies rename from file name Specifies rename to file name Stores a file Shows the operating system type of server system Binary transfers only Specifies the data transfer type with the Type parameter Specifies user name Not Normally Used Changes the parent directory of the current working directory Not Normally Used Changes the current directory Not Normally Used Creates a directory Not Normally Used Prints the current working directory Not Normally Used Removes a directory CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 145 Chapter 7 Programming SITE The following extended OEM commands are supported by the SITE request For Microsoft FTP clients cc cc you can send site commands by preceding the command with quote such as quote site status ATTRIB Gets or sets the attributes of a given file SITE ATTRIB Usage QUOTE SITE ATTRIB 2 R 4 A S S 4 A path filename Sets an attribute Clears an attribute R Read only file attribute A Archive file attribute
111. This storage area is not erased during a cold boot It may how ever be erased during the reflashing process In addition to storing appli cations and data files you do have the option to store a persistent registry to the PSM region e If the optional Secure Digital storage card is in the system then consider this card the primary location for placing an applications install files This storage card creates the Storage Card folder e Use the small nonvolatile Flash File Store region to hold CAB files that rebuild the system at cold boot or install applications from a CAB file into the Flash File Store so they are ready to run when a cold boot is performed Since the FLASH in the system has a limited number of write cycles do not use the Flash File Store for excessive writing pur poses however reading is okay Files copied to any of these locations are safe when a cold boot is performed on a CN2B Computer providing the AutoRun system is installed in the appropriate location You can find this system in the CN2B Management Tools portion Copying a CAB file to the CabFiles folder on one of these cards automatically extracts that CAB file on every cold boot to ensure that your system is properly set up see page 83 Installing Applications 74 Consider any of these options to get the package to the preferred location on your CN2B Computer Microsoft ActiveSync page 75 FTP Server page 76 Secure Digital sto
112. ULTI SZ 0x00010000 REG MULTI_SZ registry data type Value field that follows can be a list of strings separated by commas FLG_ADDREG_TYPE_BINARY 0x00000001 REG _ BINARY registry data type Value field that fol lows must be a list of numeric values separated by com mas one byte per field and must not use the 0x hexadecimal prefix FLG_ADDREG_TYPE_DWORD 0x00010001 REG _DWORD data type The noncompatible format in the Win32 Setup INF documentation is supported Example AddReg RegSettings All RegSettings All HKLM sreg paths 0x00000000 alpha lt default gt alpha HKLM reg pathos test 0x00010001 35 Test 3 HKLM sreg path new another 0x00010001 6 New another 6 132 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming CEShortCuts This section a Windows CE specific section under the DefaultInstall section is optional and describes the shortcuts that the installation applica tion creates on the device Within the DefaultInstall section a reference may have been made to this section such as ShortCuts All This section defines the options for that setting Required No e shortcut_list_section shortcut_filename String that identifies the shortcut name It does not require the LNK extension e shortcut_list_section shortcut_type_flag Numeric value Zero or empty represents a shortcut to a file any non zero numeric value represents a shortcut to a folder e shortcut_list_s
113. User s Manual 119 Chapter 5 Printer Support 120 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual G scanner Support The CN2B Mobile Computer is available with linear imaging technologies such as the APS Linear Imager which includes the EV10 Scan Engine The APS Imager reads 1D symbologies and PDF417 bar codes Linear imaging using Vista Scanning technologies reads low contrast bar codes laminated bar codes and bar codes displayed on CRT or TRT displays This imaging uses harmless LEDs for illumination and does not require any warning labels Vista Scanning is more reliable than lasers as it is a com pletely solid state with no moving parts or oscillating mirrors An ImageDemo application shows the more common features of the CN2B Computer imager See the ImageDemo Users Guide tor information CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 121 Chapter 6 Scanner Support Scanner Control and Data Transfer ES Note To use these methods enable the Data Collection functionality on the CN2B Computer using the bootloader configuration menu The Data Server and associated software provide several ways to manipulate scanner control and data transfer between the scanner subsystem and user applications Automatic Data Collection COM Interfaces These COM interfaces allow user applications to receive bar code data and configure and control the bar code reader engine ITCAxBarCodeReaderControl functions These ActiveX controls allow user ap
114. _DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_HAL GET OAL VERINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_ GET _RESET_INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_HAL_REBOOT 159 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 160 IpInBufSize IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_HAL COLDBOOT 157 IOCTL_HAL GET_BOOT_DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICE_INFO 150 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_HAL_ GET OAL VERINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_ GET _RESET_INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL_ REBOOT 159 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 IpOutBuf IOCTL_GET_CPU_ID 160 IOCTL_HAL COLDBOOT 157 IOCTL_HAL GET_BOOT_DEVICE 158 IOCTL_HAL GET_ BOOTLOADER_VERI NFO 156 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICE_INFO 150 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_HAL_ GET OAL VERINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_ GET _RESET_INFO 157 IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_HAL_REBOOT 159 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 156 236 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 160 LPT9 printer device 113 M Managing email messages and folders via Inbox 54 ManifestName FTP Server 144 Memory and storage specifications 17 Menu applet Windows Mobile settings 31 Messages sending to contacts 48 via Inbox downloading from server 56 MIBs ASN 1 109 files 109 object identifier 109 OIDs 109 Microphone 2 Microprocessor specifications 17 Microsoft Developer Network Library See MSDN library Microsoft Exchange email account 62 Microsoft Passport account 62 Microsoft Reader adding bookmarks 67 adding drawings 67 annotations in
115. _GET_OAL_VERINFO 155 Pocket Word about 57 creating a document 57 drawing mode 60 synchronizing 60 typing mode 58 writing mode 59 POP3 Folder behavior connected to email server 55 pOutput NLEDGetDevicelnfo 181 239 Index Power applet battery status 3 RAM maintenance 4 Windows Mobile settings 31 Printer support 112 NPCP printer driver 112 ONeil printer driver 117 Printers 119 PRISMNDS DLL 162 problems finding and solving 225 Processor information IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 159 Processor Type CEDevice 127 Profile label 802 11 radio module 198 Profiles 802 11 radio module 197 advanced settings 212 basic information 198 security information 198 editing 197 Programs adding or removing Windows Mobile 31 Provider Version 126 PSM determining build version 10 packaging an application 74 pull tab on an SD card 13 Q Query Information functions 163 R RadioConnect 162 RadioDisassociate 163 RadioDisconnect 163 Radios card support 15 Reader commands 215 configuration change 215 date and time settings 216 ReadFile NPCP printing 112 Reading distances EV10 124 Reading from drivers NPCP 114 Reboot methods IOCTL_HAL COLDBOOT 182 IOCTL_HAL_REBOOT 182 IOCTL_HAL WARMBOOT 182 240 REBOOTME BIN 148 Recharging time 17 Record button recording a message 29 Recording via Notes 29 via Pocket Word 59 Recovery CD AutoCab method 83 RegFlushKey API 141 Rec
116. a Virtual Wedge Grid AFdata Virtual Wedge Postamble AEdata Virtual Wedge Preamble ADdata Example 1 To change the Beep Volume to Off you can send this string to the CN2B Computer through the network BvVO where Indicates Change Configuration BV Specifies the Audio Volume parameter 0 Specifies a value of Off Example 2 To change the Beep Volume to Very Quiet and the Virtual Wedge Grid to 123 S BV1AF123 S Indicates Change Configuration BV1 Specifies Audio Volume set to Very Quiet 1 AF123 Specifies Virtual Wedge Grid set to a value of 123 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 215 Appendix A Configurable Settings Set Time and Date This command sets the date and time on the CN2B Computer The default date and time is June 1 1999 at 12 00 AM From the network send the following yyyymmddhhmmss where acceptable values for the date are yyyy 0000 9999 Year mm 01 12 Month of the year dd 01 31 Day of the month hh 00 23 Hour mm 00 59 Minutes SS 00 59 Seconds You can also set the time and date by using the Clock applet in the Settings menu Tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Clock icon Clock 3 settings Er EST Clock Home A GMT 8 Pacific US ne 3 0 16 28 AM B 10 6 2005 6 GMT 1 Paris Madrid 5 18 28 PM 10 6 2005 Time Alarms Configuration Bar Codes You can change some settings on your CN2B Computer by scanning the following Cod
117. a HAL_RESET_INFO structure See sample below nOutBufSize The size of HAL_RESET_INFO in bytes IpBytesReturned The number of bytes returned by the function Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails May use GetLastError to get the extended error value CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 157 Chapter 7 Programming Sample typedef struct DWORD ResetReason most recent reset type DWORD ObjectStoreState il Sake 0 ODICE store HAL RESET INFO PHAL RESET INFO Reset reason types define HAL RESET TYPE UNKNOWN 0 define HAL RESET REASON HARDWARE 1 hi Cold define HAL RESET REASON SOFTWARE 2 suspend define HAL RESET REASON WATCHDOG 4 define HAL RESET BATT FAULT 8 power fail define HAL RESET VDD FAULT 16 warm boot Object store state flags define HAL OBJECT STORE STATE UNKNOWN 0 define HAL OBJECT STORE STATE CLEAR l IOCTL HAL GET BOOT DEVICE This IOCTL code allows software to check which device CE booted from Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL GET BOOT DEVICE LPVOID lpInBuf DWORD nInBufSize LPVOID 1pOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpBytesReturned Parameters IpInBuf Should be set to NULL IpInBufSize Should be set to zero IpOutBuf Must point to a buffer large enough to hold a DWORD 4 bytes that contains the boot device These boot devices are supported define HAL BOOT DEVICE UNKNOWN 0
118. age include pkfuncs h include deviceid h Syntax BOOL KernelloControl IOCTL HAL GET DEVICEID LPVOID lpInBuf DWORD nInBufSize LPVOID 1pOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpByteskReturned Parameters IpInBuf Should be set to NULL STRICT_ID settings are not supported IpInBufSize Should be set to zero IpOutBuf Must point to a UNIQUE_DEVICEID structure as defined by DEVICEID H if the UUID is to be returned nOutBufSize The size of the UNIQUE_DEVICEID in bytes if the UUID is to be returned A DEVICE_ID as defined by PKFUNCS H is returned if the size in bytes is greater than or equal to sizeof DEVICE_ID IpBytesReturned The number of bytes returned by the function Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails GetLastError may be used to get the extended error value 154 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming IOCTL_HAL_GET_OAL_VERINFO Returns the HAL version information of the Pocket PC image Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL GET OAL VERINFO LPVOID IpInBuf DWORD ninButsize LPVOID p0utBuf DWORD nO0utBufSize LPDWORD lpByteskReturned Parameters IpInBuf Should be set to NULL IpInBufSize Should be set to zero IpBytesReturned Returns sizeof PVERSIONINFO IpOutBuf Must point to a VERSIONINEO structure as defined by OEMIOCTL H The fields should have these values cboemverinfo s
119. al Chapter 7 Programming Keypad Scan Codes and Registry Entries continued Press this Key Meaning Scan Code Registry Entry Threshold crossed 0x42 Headset detected 0x43 Keypad Backlight 0x44 Ambient Light 0x44 Threshold Crossed 0x44 Understanding Keypad Attributes The keypad attributes are as follows e OrangeObeyClear dword 0 e OrangeOneShot dword 1 e GreenObeyClear dword 0 e GreenOneShot dword 0 e MultimapTimeout dword 258 see next section for a description When you press the Orange key or Green C key a timer starts and will turn Orange or Green mode off after three seconds To force Orange or Green mode to stay active after the timer has expired which is also called locking the mode you must set ObeyClear to 0 When you press a key in Orange or Green mode the orange or green func tion for that key is produced and Orange or Green mode is turned off To force Orange or Green mode to stay active after a key has been pressed which is also called locking the mode you must set OneShot to 0 Creating Multiple Key Definitions In the case of multiple key definitions the first byte is the number of possi ble keys in words that key physical key can cycle between The second byte must be 0x80 this is what makes it a multi key definition The values following should be two bytes for each possible key Multiple key definitions can also be used for FkeyCode a
120. al 211 Appendix A Configurable Settings 2712 Additional Settings 1 Tap PAC Manager to view the PAC files currently installed on your CN2B Computer Tap ok to return to the Additional Settings screen 2 If you already have a PAC on your CN2B Computer clear Allow Auto matic PAC provisioning to avoid receiving additional PACs from the server 3 If Allow Automatic PAC provisioning is checked you can check e Prompt before acquiring a new PAC for notification of any incom ing PACs e Prompt before replacing a PAC for notification whether to replace a current PAC with an incoming PAC 4 Enter the Anonymous EAP FAST Name as assigned for public usage This outer identity protects your login name or identity 5 Click ok to return to the Security page E Profile Wizard 4 TE ok PAC options Allow Automatic PAC provisioning Prompt before acquiring a new PAC C Prompt before replacing a PAC Anonymous EAP FAST Name E Advanced Use this page to configure additional settings for this profile Tap ok to return to the Profiles page Detect Rogue APs Access Points Wireless NICs and access points associate based on the SSID configured for the NIC Given an SSID the BSSID with the strongest signal is often chosen for association After association 802 1x authentication may occur and during authentication credentials to uniquely identify a user these are passed between the NIC and the access point The base 802 1x
121. art gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt the Connections icon gt the aja Advanced tab gt Network Card gt the Network Adapters tab to access the Connections Network connections for this unit then tap ok when finished E settings e 46113 Configure Network Adapters P My network card connects to Tap an adapter to modify settings S02 11bg High Speed Wireless LAN L2TP NDISW AN Miniport AsyncMlac NDISW AN Miniport PPTP NDISW AN Miniport Network Adapters E CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 95 Chapter 4 Network Support Creating a Wireless Network Connection 96 Te Connections Microsoft Corporation s wireless network configuration tool is called Wireless Zero Config Intermec recommends that you use the Wireless Network applet instead as it offers more security choices and exhibit better roaming behavior Go to page 195 for information about the Wireless Net work applet Networks already configured are preferred networks and are listed in Wire less networks You can connect to only preferred networks or search for and connect to any available network A wireless network can be added either when the network is detected or manually by entering settings information To determine if authentication information is needed see your network administrator 1 Tap Start gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt the Connections icon P Settings e 46231 Connections P To set up or cha
122. ation gt Authentication Data Encryption lisabled The Key is provided for me automatically PJ E IO k k E y F FERREE Key index Network Key 602 1x E To Enable WEP Encryption a Set Authentication to either Open if WEP keys are not required or Shared when WEP keys are required for association b Set Data Encryption to WEP c To change the network key clear The Key is provided for me auto matically box then enter the new Network key and select the appro priate Key index CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 97 Chapter 4 Network Support H Settings e 46253 Ok Configure Network Authentication gt Authentication Open Data Encryption WEP The Key is provided For me automatically Key index 1 Network Key 602 1x E Note The following information applies when you have Enable Microsoft s Wireless Zero Config checked via the Wireless Network applet see page 195 To Enable WPA Authentication Set Authentication to WPA page 197 and Data Encryption to WEP page 197 or TKIP page 196 P Settings ee 46735 Configure Network Authentication Authentication Data Encryption TKIP The Key is provided for me automatically Network ke wi hk oe oR Ro oe Key index Network Key 602 1x E To Enable WPA Authentication Using a Preshared Key Set Authentication to WPA PSK page 197 Da
123. ble on the Windows CE Toolkit must be installed in the same directory on the desktop computer Call CABWIZ EXE using its full path for the CAB Wizard application to run correctly Troubleshooting the CAB Wizard To identify and avoid problems that might occur when using the CAB Wizard follow these guidelines e Use for a percent sign character when using this character in an INF file string as specified in Win32 documentation This does not work under the Strings section e Do not use INF or CAB files created for Windows CE to install appli cations on Windows based desktop platforms e Ensure the MAKECAB EXE and CABWIZ DDF files included with Windows CE are in the same directory as CABWIZ EXE e Use the full path to call CABWIZ EXE e Do not create a CAB file with the MAKECAB EXE file included with Windows CE You must use CABWIZ EXE which uses MAKECAB EXE to generate the CAB files for Windows CE e Do not set the read only attribute for CAB files Customization and Lockdown Pocket PC Windows Mobile is a hardware specification created by Microsoft Corporation Devices that wish to carry the Pocket PC logo must meet the minimum hardware requirements set in the Pocket PC specifica tion Manufacturers are free to add extra hardware functionality Pocket PC devices also use a specialized version of the CE operating system This operating system is built from Windows CE 4 2 but contains custom izations most
124. c FTP Server to sleep for the specified number of seconds before making the FTP service available on the device Key HKLM Software Intermec IFTP Value Type REG_DWORD stored in seconds Valid Range None Default 0 Root This parameter configures the Intermec FTP Server to set the root of the FTP mount point to the specified value Note that this must map to an exist ing directory or you will not be able to log into the FIP Server Key HKLM Software Intermec IFTP Value Type REG_SZ Valid Range None Default CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming Transferring Files Over TCP IP Networks CDUP CWD DELE HELP LIST MKD MODE NLST NOOP PASS PWD QUIT RETR RMD RNFR RNTO STOR SYST TYPE USER XCUP XCWD XMKD XPWD XRMD The File Transfer Protocol FTP server transfers files over TCP IP net works The FIPDCE EXE program is a version that does not display a window but can run in the background FTPDCE is the Internet File Transfer Protocol FTP server process The server can be invoked from an application or command line Besides servic ing FTP client requests the FTP Server also sends a network announce ment to notify prospective clients of server availability The FTP Server currently supports the following FTP requests Changes to the parent directory of the current working directory Changes working directory Deletes a file Gives help information This F
125. c would not be able to support so contact our front line support personnel to determine the best source of assistance Use these URLs for additional information about Microsoft Windows Mobile Pocket PC e msdn microsoft com support e support microsoft com e news news microsoft com a free support option 20 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Basic Skills Today Screen Programs ie Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Learning to use your CN2B Computer is easy This section describes the basic concepts of using and customizing your CN2B Computer When you turn on your CN2B Computer for the first time each day or after four hours of inactivity you see the Today screen You can also display it by tapping the Start flag shown left and then Today On the Today screen you can see important information for the day Tap to start a program Tap and hold to change the time format start a d 8 41 Tap to change owner information I 72 it Tuesday June On Tap to change date and time Tap here to set owner informat Die EPa Your day at a glance Tap to open the associated program No unread messages No tasks To customize what is displayed on the Today screen including the back ground image tap Start gt Settings gt the Personal tab gt Today Status icons display information such as low batteries or when the CN2B Computer is connected to a desktop or to the Internet You can tap a
126. ccess the Pocket PC Tasks application see Note orange 7 Move up one page orange 8 Enter an asterisk orange 9 Move down one page orange 0 Access the Pocket PC Start menu orange ENTER Enter an at symbol orange BkSp Enter a backslash orange Esc Enter a minus sign orange Action Enter a plus sign orange MM Tab to the right orange 6 Tab to the left Pocket PC applications are accessible only if configured to do so via Utilitiese gt App Launch Alpha Green Plane Keys You can enter the alphabet using the Alpha green plane keys Below and on the next page are the key sequences When you press Alpha the Scanning Alpha LED shows red for the Alpha mode The keypad stays in Alpha mode until you press Alpha again 8 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer To type a lowercase c press Alpha 2 2 2 To type a letter on the same key as the last letter entered wait two seconds then enter the correct series of keystrokes to create the next letter While in the Alpha mode and you press 1 to initiate the CAPS mode you will render a CAPS LOCK until you press 1 again Once you are in CAPS mode you stay in CAPS until it is pressed again Press 0 to enter a space CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Press the Keys Alpha 2 Alpha 2 2 Alpha 2 2 2 Alpha 3 Alpha 3 3 Alpha 3 3 3 Alp
127. cess points Problems with Wireless Connectivity Problem Solution A Network Connection icon In a UDP Plus network there may be a problem with the connection between appears on the status bar but the the Intermec Application Server and the host computer Check with your net host computer is not receiving any work administrator or see the user s manual for the Intermec Application Server data from the CN2B Computer In a TCP IP network there may be a problem with the connection between the access point and the host computer Check with your network administrator or use your access point user s manual When you turn on the CN2B The CN2B Computer may not recognize the network card Turn off the CN2B Computer after it was suspended Computer and then turn it on again for a while 10 15 minutes or The host may have deactivated or lost your current terminal emulation session longer it can no longer send or In a TCP IP direct connect network you need to turn off the Keep Alive mes receive messages over the net sage if possible from the host so that the TCP session is maintained while a work CN2B Computer is suspended CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 223 Appendix B Troubleshooting the CN2B Computer Problems with Wireless Connectivity continued Problem Solution The CN2B Computer is con You may have gone out of range of an access point nected to the Intermec Applica Try moving closer to an access point
128. charging range Make sure that the temperature is from 0 C to 40 C 32 F to 104 F e The battery may be damaged Replace the battery Try these possible solutions in order 1 Wait at least 10 seconds and try again If the CN2B Computer is still connect ing to the Intermec Application Server or the host it ignores any input from the keypad or scanner Press and hold the Power key for 2 to 3 seconds and then release it to turn off the CN2B Computer Press Power again to turn on the CN2B Computer Perform a warm boot on the CN2B Computer Perform a cold boot on the CN2B Computer Try reloading the firmware If the CN2B Computer does not boot or reset contact your local Intermec N OU E w service representative for help 222 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix B Troubleshooting the CN2B Computer Problems While Configuring Security Solution The CN2B Computer does not The CN2B Computer may not be communicating with your access point Make appear to be authenticating sure the network name on the CN2B Computer is the same as the network name SSID of the access point that you are trying to communicate with The default network name is INTERMEC The 802 1x security network may not be active Make sure that the server soft ware is properly loaded and configured on the server PC For help see the docu mentation that shipped with your server software The access point that you are trying to communicate
129. cifications 17 Operating temperature 16 OSVERSIONINFO dwBuildNumber 128 OSVERSIONINFO dwVersionMajor 128 OSVERSIONINFO dwVersionMinor 128 Owner Information applet Windows Mobile settings 31 P Packaging an application Flash File Store 74 Object Store 74 Persistent Storage Manager 74 Secure Digital storage cards 74 Page format printing 112 Password applet Windows Mobile settings 31 Patent information vii PauseAtStartup FTP Server 144 PB20 printers DTR driver 117 printer support 111 PB40 printers DTR driver 117 printer support 111 PB42 configuration 119 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index PB42 printers DTR driver 117 printer support 111 PEAP 802 11 radio module network EAP 201 WPA encryption 200 profile security information 200 WEP encryption 200 Phone application CDMA radios adding contact to speed dial 49 Physical dimensions specifications 17 Physical specifications 16 pInput NLEDSetDevice 182 PKFUNCS H IOCTL_HAL _GET_DEVICEID 154 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 159 Planes keypad 183 Pocket Excel about 60 creating a workbook 61 Pocket Internet Explorer about 68 AvantGo channels 70 browsing the Internet 71 favorite links 68 getting connected 100 mobile favorites 69 Mobile Favorites folder 68 software build 12 Start menu icon 22 viewing mobile favorites and channels 70 Pocket Outlook 35 Pocket PC IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOTLOADER_VERI NFO 155 IOCTL_HAL
130. computer directly using TCP IP The access point acts as a bridge to allow communications between the wired and wireless networks 1 Configure the infrastructure mode network name SSID host IP address and IP settings if not using DHCP on each CN2B Computer in the network 2 Configure security For help see Configuring Your Wireless Network on page 197 Configuring the Network Parameters for a UDP Plus Network In a UDP Plus network the CN2B Computer communicates with a host computer through the Intermec Application Server The Intermec Applica tion Server translates UDP Plus packets on the wireless network into TCP IP packets on the wired network and vice versa The access point acts as a bridge to allow communications between wired and wireless networks 1 Configure the network name SSID controller IP address IP settings if not using DHCP and controller port set to 5555 on each CN2B Computer in the network CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 93 Chapter 4 Network Support Network Adapters 94 2 Configure security For help see Configuring Your Wireless Network on page 197 The easiest way to configure the network parameters on the CN2B Com puter is to use the Intermec Settings applet For help see Intermec Set tings Applet on page 192 The CN2B Computer has the 802 11b g radio and wireless printing It does not have an external antenna Other radios are not supported See the Devel
131. connection speed Reducing the number of Exchange con tacts decreases your sign in time CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 63 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Working with Contacts The MSN Messenger window shows all of your messenger contacts at a glance divided into Online and Not Online categories From this view while connected you can chat send e mail block the contact from chat ting with you or delete contacts from your list using the pop up menu HS MSN Messenger 2 ff 141 A Anne work Online A Online Tap a contact to start a chat ch Anne home Away ai a Not Online A Andrew 3 Tap and hold to display a pop up menu Send Mail bobbiesexpress hot Block Delete Contact Properties Tools Chats E To add a contact tap Tools gt Add a Contact and follow the directions on the screen To delete a contact tap and hold the contact s name then tap Delete Contact from the pop up menu To see others online without being seen tap Tools gt My Status gt Appear Offline Managing Contacts To be alerted each time you are added to a contact list tap Tools gt Options gt the Privacy tab e To block a contact from seeing your status and sending you messages tap the contact and tap the right arrow This moves the contact to the My Block List e To unblock a contact tap the contact and tap the left arrow This moves the contact to the My Allow List e To receive an alert when som
132. ct AutoFTP Off to disable AutoFTP Perform a warm boot and confirm the FTP Server is not running Wireless 802 11 No networking AutoFTP On AutoFTP Off CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 149 Chapter 7 Programming 3 Tap Start gt Today to access the Today screen then tap the antenna icon in the System Tray to bring up the NDISTRAY pop up menu Select AutoFTP On to enable AutoFTP reboot confirm it is running Wireless 802 11 No networking AutoFTP On AutoFTP DFF 4 Unload the network driver when the FTP Server is running and confirm that it is not running any more 5 Load the FTP Server establish a connection then suspend and resume The server should still run but the FTP connection to the client should be dropped Kernel 1 0 Controls This describes the KernelloControl functions available to application pro erammers Most C applications need to prototype the function as the following to avoid link and compile errors extern C BOOL KernelloControl DWORD dwIoControlCode LPVOID lpInBuf DWORD nInBufSize LPVOID lpOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpBytesReturned IOCTL_HA IpInBuf IpInBufSize IpOutBuf nOutBufSize L_GET_DEVICE_INFO This IOCTL returns either the platform type or the OEMPLATFORM name based on an input value Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL GET DEVICE INFO LPVOID ipinBur DWORD nInBufSize LPVOID ipOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD IpBytes
133. ct Syntax Notation 1 a machine independent data definition language Note Elements to manage are represented by objects The MIB is a structured collection of such objects You will find the following MIB files either in the CN2B Management Tools or on the web via www intermec com e INTERMEC MIB Defines the root of the Intermec MIB tree e ITCADC MIB Defines objects for Automated Data Collection ADC e ITCSNMP MIB Defines objects for Intermec SNMP parameters and security methods such as an SNMP security IP address e TTCTERMINAL MIB Defines objects for parameters such as key clicks Object Identifiers Each object has a unique identifier called an OID which consist of a sequence of integer values represented in dot notation Objects are stored in a tree structure and OIDs are assigned based on the position of the object in the tree For example the internet OID is equal to 1 3 6 1 Seven MIB OIDs are shown in the following table MIB Object Identifiers MIB II Item OID Group or Table Description ifNumber 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 1 0 Interfaces Group Indicates the number of adapters present in the system For the CN2B Computer if one adapter is present in the system then ifNumber 1 and ifIndex 1 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 ifIndex Interfaces Table ifTable A unique value for each interface The value ranges between 1 and the value of ifNumber ifDescr 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 ifIndex Interfaces Table ifTable A textual s
134. ctly observed to avoid death or serious injury Warning the persons working on the equipment A caution alerts you to an operating procedure practice condition or statement that must be strictly observed to prevent equipment damage or destruction or corruption or loss of data gt Caution Note Notes either provide extra information about a topic or contain spe cial instructions for handling a particular condition or set of circumstances WR Global Services and Support Warranty Information To understand the warranty for your Intermec product visit the Intermec web site at www intermec com and click Service amp Support The Intermec Global Sales amp Service page appears From the Service amp Support menu move your pointer over Support and then click Warranty Disclaimer of warranties The sample code included in this document is presented for reference only The code does not necessarily represent com plete tested programs The code is provided as is with all faults All war ranties are expressly disclaimed including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Web Support Visit the Intermec web site at www intermec com to download our current manuals in PDF format To order printed versions of the Intermec manu als contact your local Intermec representative or distributor Visit the Intermec technical knowledge base Knowledge Central at intermec custhelp com
135. des Required Yes e filename disk_number l subdir RPM EXE 1 c appsoft WCESTART INI 1 RPMCE212 INI 1 TAHOMA TTF 2 t4 Note subdir is relative to the location of the INF file Example SourceDisksFiles Reguired section begin wav 1 end wav 1 sample hlp 1 SourceDisksFiles SH3 sample exe 2 Uses the SourceDisksNames SH3 identification of 2 SourceDisksFiles MIPS sample exe 2 Uses the SourceDisksNames MIPS identification of 2 DestinationDirs This describes the names and paths of the destination directories for the application on the target device Note Windows CE does not support directory identifiers Required Yes e file list_section 0 subdir String that identifies the destination directory The following list shows the string substitutions supported by Windows CE Use these only for the beginning of the path CE1 Program Files CE2 Windows CE3 My Documents CE4 Windows Startup CE5 My Documents CE6 Program Files Accessories CE7 Program Files Communication CE8 Program Files Games 130 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming CE9 Program Files Pocket Outlook CE10 Program Files Office CE11 Windows Start Menu Programs CE12 Windows Start Menu Programs Accessories CE13 Windows Start Menu Programs Communications CE14 Windows Start Menu Programs Games CE15 Windows Fonts CE16 Windows Recent CE17 Windows Start
136. dex 67 attaching notes 67 books reading 67 removing 68 features 67 highlighting text 67 searching for text 67 using the library 66 Windows Mobile 66 Microsoft security allow fast roaming CCKM 213 detect rogue APs 212 enable mixed cell 213 Migrating from another computer 83 Mixed cell enable via Microsoft security 213 Mobile Favorites Pocket Internet Explorer 69 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Modems creating a connection to an ISP 101 MSDN library 148 MSDN Windows CE documentation 100 MSN Messenger about 62 accounts Microsoft Exchange email 62 Microsoft Passport 62 contacts managing 64 sending messages 65 working with 64 using My Text 30 N nDeviceld NLEDGetDevicelnfo 182 NDIS_ ENCRYPTION_1_ ENABLED EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_ENCRYPTION_1_KEY ABSENT EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_ENCRYPTION_2_ ENABLED EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_ENCRYPTION_2 KEY ABSENT EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_ ENCRYPTION_3_ ENABLED EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_ENCRYPTION_3_KEY ABSENT EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_ENCRYPTION_ DISABLED EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_ENCRYPTION_NOT_SUPPORTED EncryptionStatus 172 GetWepStatus 169 NDIS_MIXED_CELL OFF SetMixedCellMode 175 NDIS_MIXED_CELL ON SetMixedCellMode 175 NDIS_NET_AUTO_UNKNOWN GetNetworkMode 166 SetNet
137. dicates if Intermec Content is enabled in the XIP regions TRUE indicates that it is enabled FALSE indicates that it is not enabled ITC_NVPARM_WAN_RI This reads the state of the WAN ring indicator flag A BOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by lp OutBuffer that indicates the polarity of the WAN RI signal TRUE indicates active high FALSE indicates active low ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_DATACOLLECTION_SW This IOCTL reads the state of the data collection software enabled flag ABOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointer to by pOutBuffer that indicates the data collection software is to install at boot time FALSE indicates the data collection software should not install ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_DATACOLLECTION_HW This IOCTL reads the data collection hardware flags A BYTE is returned in the buffer pointer to by pOutBuffer that indicates the type of data collection hardware installed The maximum possible value returned is ITC_DEVID_SCANHW_MAX ITTC_DEVID_SCANHW_NONE No scanner hardware is installed ITTC_DEVID_INTERMEC_EVIO EVIO linear imager is installed The high bit indicates whether the S6 scanning engine is installed The bit mask for this is ITC_DEVID_SGENGINE_MASK A nonzero value indicates that the S6 scanning engine is installed ITC_NVPARM_80211_INSTALLED This IOCTL reads the state of the 802 11b g radio installed flag ABOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by OurBuffer TRUE indicates that the 802 11b g rad
138. drag the stylus across the text you want to select If you accidentally write on the screen tap Tools gt Undo and try again You can also select text by tapping the Pen icon to deselect it and then dragging the stylus across the screen You can cut copy and paste written text in the same way you work with typed text tap and hold the selected words and then tap an editing com mand on the pop up menu or tap the command on the Edit menu Converting Writing to Text You can convert words you write in print or cursive to text by tapping Tools gt Recognize If a word is not recognized it keeps its original form To convert only certain words tap Pen to disable the writing function tap twice over the word or phrase to highlight then tap Tools gt Recognize The writing is turned to text old Select the text to convert then tap Recognize on the pop up menu Recognize Alternates Edit Tools If the conversion is incorrect you can choose different words from a list of alternates or return to the original writing To do so tap and hold the incorrect word tap one word at a time On the pop up menu tap Alter nates Tap the word use from the menu with a list of alternate words or tap the writing at the top of the menu to return to the original writing Tap to return to your original writing Or tap the word you want to use report report report CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 27 Chapter 2 Windo
139. dress Related Documents This table contains a list of related Intermec documents and part numbers Document Title Part Number CN2B Mobile Computer Quick Start Guide 962 054 053 The Intermec web site contains Intermec documents in PDF that you can download for free To download documents 1 Browse to www intermec com xvi CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Before You Begin 2 Click Service amp Support gt Manuals 3 In the Select a Product field choose the product whose documentation you want to download To order printed versions of the Intermec manuals contact your local Intermec representative or distributor Patent Information This product is protected by one or more of the following patents 4 455 523 4 553 081 4 709 202 4 845 419 4 961 043 5 195 183 5 216 233 5 218 187 5 218 188 5 227 614 5 241 488 5 278 487 5 322 991 5 331 136 5 331 580 5 349 678 5 397 885 5 371 858 5 373 478 5 410 141 5 488 575 5 500 516 5 504 367 5 508 599 5 530 619 5 567 925 5 568 645 5 592 512 5 598 007 5 617 343 5 627 360 5 657 317 5 671 436 5 684 290 5 777 309 5 793 604 5 805 807 5 818 027 5 821 523 5 828 052 5 831 819 5 834 753 5 841 121 5 844 222 5 883 492 5 883 493 5 886 338 5 889 386 5 898 162 5 969 328 5 986 435 6 075 340 6 109 528 6 158 661 6 234 395 6 244 512 6 330 975 6 431 451 6 497 368 6 538 413 Des 417 445 There may be other U S and foreign patents pending
140. e Independent Software Vendor ISV and contains customized functions for operations during installation and removal of the application The file must be specified in the SourceDisksFiles section e CESelfRegister self_reg DLL filename String that identifies files that self register by exporting the DllRegis terServer and DllUnregisterServer Component Object Model COM functions Specify these files in the SourceDiskFiles section During installation if installation on the device fails to call the file s exported DllRegisterServer function the file s exported DllUnregisterServer function is not called during removal Example DefaultInstall AddReg RegSettings All CEShortcuts Shortcuts All SourceDiskNames This section describes the name and path of the disk on which your appli cation resides Required Yes e disk ordinal disk_label path 1 App files C Appsoft RP32 2 Font files C RpTools 3 CE Tools C windows ce tools e CESignature Windows CE CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 129 Chapter 7 Programming Example SourceDisksNames Required section 1 Common files C app common Using an absolute path SourceDisksNames SH3 2 SH3 files sh3 Using a relative path SourceDisksNames MIPS 2 MIPS files mips Using a relative path SourceDiskFiles This describes the name and path of the files in which your application resi
141. e 39 bar code labels Note When you use a bar code creation utility to make a scannable bar L code label the utility probably adds opening and closing asterisks automat ically Asterisks are included here for translation purposes Audio Volume La Note The Audio Volume parameter information is on page 214 Turn Audio Off BV0 216 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Automatic Shutoff Es Appendix A Configurable Settings Set Audio Volume to very quiet VB1 Set Audio Volume to quiet BV2 Set Audio Volume to normal default BV3 Set Audio Volume to loud BV4 Set Audio Volume to very loud BV5 Note The Automatic Shutoff parameter information is on page 214 Set Automatic Shutoff to 1 minute EZ1 Set Automatic Shutoff to 2 minutes EZ2 Set Automatic Shutoff to 3 minutes default EZ3 Set Automatic Shutoff to 4 minutes EZ4 Set Automatic Shutoff to 5 minutes EZ5 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 217 Appendix A Configurable Settings Backlight Timeout t4 Note The Backlight Timeout parameter information is on page 214 Backlight Timeout 10 seconds DF10 Backlight Timeout 30 seconds DF30 Backlight Timeout 1 minute default DF60 Backlight Timeout 2 minutes DF120 Backlight Ti
142. e Notes information type When you select Files the My Documents folder for the CN2B Computer is cre ated on your desktop All PWI files placed in the My Documents folder on your device and all DOC files placed in the My Documents folder for the CN2B Computer on your desktop are synchronized Password protected files cannot be synchronized ActiveSync converts documents during synchronization For information on synchronization or file conversion see ActiveSync Help on the desktop Note When you delete or change an item on either your desktop or CN2B L Computer the item is changed or deleted in the other location the next time you synchronize later decide to use notes synchronization all of your notes are synchronized with Outlook on your desktop and no longer store in the My Documents folder for the CN2B Computer La Note If you synchronize your notes using file synchronization and then Inbox Sending and Receiving E mail Messages To switch to Inbox on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt Inbox You can receive Internet e mail messages and SMS messages in Inbox Internet e mail messages are sent by using an address you receive from your Internet service provider ISP or your employer SMS messages are sent and received through your wireless phone service provider by using a phone number as the message address You can send and receive e mail by synchronizing with your desktop or by connecting to a Post Office Protocol 3 POP3 o
143. e USB Client Dock Two Wire Phone Cord Universal Power Supply USB Type B Interface Cable Physical and Environmental Specifications 16 Use these specifications to locate technical information about the CN2B Computer and its available features and options Display Transflective TFT all light readable color display with LED backlight Pixels 240x320 Diagonal 89 mm 3 52 in Colors 65 K Environmental Operating Temperature 10 to 50 C 14 to 122 F Storage Temperature 20 to 60 C 4 to 140 F Relative Humidity 5 to 95 noncondensing Rain and Dust Resistance IP54 compliant Drop Specifications 0 9 m 3 ft drop 26 times on concrete Secure Digital Expansion Slots The CN2B Computer supports the Delkin Devices Secure Digital storage card CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Integrated Scanner Options EV10 Linear Imager Integrated Wireless 802 1 1b g Wi Fi certified WLAN 802 11b g Bluetooth compatible module Keypad Options Numeric Memory and Storage RAM Memory 64 MB Flash ROM 64 MB includes ROM folder for application storage Microprocessor Intel XScale PXA255 Application Processor 400 MHz Operating System Microsoft Windows Mobile software for Pocket PC Physical Dimensions Length 147 mm 5 8 in Width 86 mm 3 4 in Height 35 mm 1 4 in Weight 370 g 11 9 oz Power Battery Type Lithium Ion Lilon 3 7V
144. e list of installed programs use File Explorer on your CN2B Computer to locate the program tap and hold the program and then tap Delete on the pop up menu Remote Programs CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 33 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Microsoft ActiveSync 34 Visit the following Microsoft Web site for the latest in updates technical information and samples www microsoft com windowsmobile resources communities default mspx Using Microsoft ActiveSync you can synchronize the information on your desktop with the information on your CN2B Computer Synchronization compares the data on your CN2B Computer with your desktop and updates both computers with the most recent information For example e Keep Pocket Outlook data up to date by synchronizing your CN2B Computer with Microsoft Outlook data on your desktop e Synchronize Microsoft Word and Microsoft Excel files between your CN2B Computer and desktop Your files are automatically converted to the correct format Note By default ActiveSync does not automatically synchronize all types of information Use ActiveSync options to turn synchronization on and off for specific information types With ActiveSync you can also e Back up and restore your CN2B Computer data e Copy rather than synchronize files between your CN2B Computer and desktop e Control when synchronization occurs by selecting a synchronization mode For example you can synchronize continua
145. e radio card For help contact your local Intermec representative Problems While Scanning Bar Codes Problem Solution You cannot see a red beam of light There are three possible problems from the scanner when you press e You may be too far away from the bar code label Try moving closer to the bar the Scan button or one of the code label and scan it again Side Scan buttons and aim the e You may be scanning the bar code label straight on Change the scanning scanner at a bar code label angle and try again e The PSM files may not be correctly installed You can test the effective range of the scanner Move within 61 cm 2 ft of a wall and test the scanner You need to be within the scanning range to scan bar code labels When you release the Scan but The Good Read light remains on if you configure the CN2B Computer to use ton or Side Scan button the continuous edge triggering If you configure the CN2B Computer for level trig Good Read light does not turn gering and the Good Read light remains on there may be a problem Press the off Scan button or one of the Side Scan buttons again without scanning a bar code label If the light is still on contact your local Intermec service representative 224 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix B Troubleshooting the CN2B Computer Problems While Scanning Bar Codes continued Problem Solution The scanner will not read the bar Make sure you aim the scanner beam s
146. e that you need the full copy tap Edit gt Mark for Download while in the message window If you are in the mes sage list tap and hold the message and then tap Mark for Download This also downloads message attachments if you selected those options when you set up the e mail account You can also choose to download full copies of messages by default 4 When finished tap Accounts gt Disconnect Note Receiving entire messages consumes storage memory Note The size column in the message list displays the local size and server size of a message Even when a message has downloaded fully these num bers may differ because the size of a message can vary between the server and the device Composing and Sending Messages 1 In the message list tap New 2 To select an account tap the From list and select ActiveSync SMS or the desired e mail account 3 Enter the e mail address or SMS address of one or more recipients sepa rating them with semicolons To access addresses and phone numbers from Contacts tap To 4 Enter your message To quickly add common messages tap My Text and tap a desired message CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual RE R Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 5 To check spelling tap Edit gt Spell Check 6 Tap Send If you are working offline the message is moved to the Out box folder and is sent the next time you connect e 46931 Tap to toggle header Tap My Text to include prew
147. ection such as Nokia In the Select a modem list select Bluetooth then tap Next to continue Hg Settings qn 3 48 ISP Connection amp Enter a name For the connection Select a modem luetooth E 3 Tap New if the phone is not listed in the known devices Make sure your Bluetooth device is turned on before you start the search Hg Settings 4 aff 3 52 My Connections amp Select a bonded Bluetooth phone to use as a dialup modem Press New to bond with a new Bluetooth Device Hew E 4 When the discovery of devices is complete select your Bluetooth device then tap Next to continue 9 Settings am d 11 44 Select a Bluetooth device gt Searching complete Mokia3650 SFS1 Scanner DO20e0711570 Windows CE 4M_Thinga 1 E CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support 5 Enter the correct Device PIN on both the Bluetooth device and the CN2B Computer then tap Next to continue Enter Device Bluetooth PIN amp Enter 4 Bluetooth PIN of your choice to bond with Nokia3650 The same PIN must be entered on both devices Please check your device s instruction manual to learn how to answer to PIN requests Device PIN Name the Bluetooth Device amp Enter a name For the bonded device Mame Mokia3650 7 After bonding completes select your Bluetooth device from the list of bonded devices then tap Next My Connection
148. ection target_file_path String value that specifies the destination location Use the target file name for a file such as MyApp exe that must be defined in a file copy list For a path use a file_list_section name defined in the Destination Dirs section such as DefaultDestDir or the InstallDir string e shortcut_list_section standard_destination_path Optional string value A standard CEx path or lnstallDir If no value is specified the shortcut_list_section name of the current section or the DefaultDestDir value from the DestinationDirs section is used Example CESNOFLCCuUts Saortcutsy Adel Shortcuts Al1 Sample App 0 sample exe Uses the path in DestinationDirs Sample App 0 sam ple exe sInstallDir The path is explicitly specified Sample INF File Version Required section Signature SWindows NTS Provider Intermec Technologies Corporation CESignature SWindows CES CEDevice r PEOCESSOrIvpe DefaultInstall Required section CopyFiles Files App Files Fonts Files BitMaps Files Intl Files Tele comNcsCE Files Windows Files Import Files Export Files Work Files Data base Files WinCE AddReg RegSettings All CEShortcuts Shortcuts All SourceDisksNames Required section LE 4 Apo Files mm 0tNappsottas is 2032 Font files 7 62 WinnT Ponts 3 CE Tools c windows ce tools wce400 700ie mfc lib x86 SourceDisksFiles Reguired section rpm
149. ections on the screen Adding a Program to the Start Menu Tap Start gt Settings gt Menus gt the Start Menu tab and then the check box for the program If you do not see the program listed you can either use File Explorer on the CN2B Computer to move the program to the Start Menu folder or use ActiveSync on the desktop to create a shortcut to the program and place the shortcut in the Start Menu folder Using File Explorer on the CN2B Computer Tap Start gt Programs gt File Explorer and locate the program tap the folder list labeled My Documents by default and then My Device to see a list of all folders on the CN2B Computer Tap and hold the program and tap Cut on the pop up menu Open the Start Menu folder located in the Windows folder tap and hold a blank area of the window and tap Paste on the pop up menu The program now appears on the Start menu For more information on using File Explorer see Finding and Organizing Informa tion on page 30 File Explorer Using ActiveSync on the desktop Use the Explorer in ActiveSync to explore your CN2B Computer files and locate the program Right click the program and then click Create Short cut Move the shortcut to the Start Menu folder in the Windows folder The shortcut now appears on the Start menu For more information see ActiveSync Help Removing Programs Tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt Remove Programs If the program does not appear in th
150. ed Supplicant Logging Disabled Return Values ERROR SUCCESS when successful Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_EnableSuppLogging ULONG else UINT EnableSuppLogging ULONG endif SwitchPacketDriver Call this function to switch between available packet drivers on the system Syntax UINT SwitchPacketDriver USHORT Parameters INTERMEC_PACKET_ DRIVER Intermec Packet Driver ZNICZIO Microsoft Packet Driver NDISUIO Return Values ERROR SUCCESS when successful Remarks After switching to a new packet driver perform a warm boot for changes to take effect Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_SwitchPacketDriver USHORT else UINT SwitchPacketDriver USHORT endif 180 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Notifications NLEDGetDevicelnfo Chapter 7 Programming Use the following information to programmatically control the vibrator to write an application to turn on the vibrator when a message is received via the WLAN radio link and turn it off when the user hits a key Vibrator support is implemented in the NLED driver as a false LED The vibrator is LED 5 and is identified with an CycleAdjust of 1 The vibrate option is only available in the notifications panel when the vibrator is present in the system Regarding an applications interface to NLED DLL LEDs must be avail able for use by applications This is possible via two functions exported by
151. ee page 193 for information about enabling the registry storage To learn how to set volume levels for screen taps ActiveSync alert noises etc tap Start gt Help gt Pocket PC Basics then select Notifications Enabling the Beeper O Tap Start gt Settings gt the Personal tab gt Sounds amp Notifications gt the Volume tab then drag the System volume slider bar away from the sounds amp Silent position Notifications 6 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Adjusting the Beeper Volume Tap or drag the System volume slider bar to your most comfortable level Disabling the Beeper Drag the System volume slider bar completely to the left to the Silent position then tap ok to exit this applet E Settings e 4 900 gt Sounds amp Notifications System volume Silent nn Loud I 1 1 1 1 Enable sounds for Events warnings system events Programs Notifications alarms reminders Screen taps Soft Loud Hardware buttons DI Soft O Loud Volume Notifications E Intermec Settings Applet Use the Intermec Settings applet to gather view and update device config uration settings Information about the settings you can configure with the Intermec Settings applet is in the Intermec Computer Command Reference Manual P N 073529 available online at www intermec com See the Data Collection Resource Kit in the Intermec Developer Library
152. ef UINT PFN_SetNetworkMode ULONG else UINT SetNetworkMode ULONG endif SetPowerMode Call this function to set the desired power mode Syntax UINT SetPowerMode ULONG mode Parameters NDIS_RADIO_POWER_MODE_CAM Continuous Access Mode ie always on Power Saving Mode Unknown power mode Auto Fast PSP good savings fast Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks None Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_SetPowerMode ULONG mode else UINT SetPowerMode ULONG mode endif 174 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming SetSSID Call this function with a pointer to a null terminated TCHAR array con taining the desired SSID to set the desired SSID of the adapter Syntax UINT SetSSID TCHAR Parameters Pointer to a character array that contains the desired SSID This should be null terminated Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks If an ANY network is desired pass in _T ANY Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_SetSSID TCHAR else UINT SetSSID TCHAR endif SetCCXStatus Call this function to set the desired CCX Network EAP status Syntax UINT SetCCXStatus ULONG Parameters NDI
153. efaults to the Network EAP To Enable LEAP with an Open Association 1 Set 8021x Security as LEAP and Association to Open 2 Enter your unique User Name to use this protocol 3 Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to automatically use the protocol without entering a password ne Profile Wizard 4 aft 2 23 ok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit LEAF r Association Encryption Password Prompt For password Use Following password To Enable LEAP with WPA Encryption 1 Set 8021x Security as LEAP and Association to WPA page 197 2 Enter your unique User Name to use this protocol 208 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings 3 Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to automatically use the protocol without entering a password Ea Profile Wizard 4 aff 2 75 ok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit LEAF r Association Encryption Password O Prompt for password Use Following password To Enable LEAP with Network EAP 1 Set 8021x Security as LEAP Association to Network EAP page 196 and Encryption to either WEP page 197 or CKIP page 196 2 Enter your unique User Name to use this prot
154. elected in ActiveSync New items entered on one computer are copied to the other during syn chronization Handwritten notes and drawings are saved as metafiles pic tures For more information on synchronization see ActiveSync Help on the desktop CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 51 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Notes Capturing Thoughts and Ideas 52 Ci To switch to Notes on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt Notes Notes helps you quickly capture your ideas notes and thoughts You can create a note using written and typed text drawings and recordings You can also share your notes with others through e mail infrared and synchro nization with your desktop Notes st 925 E Tap to change the sort order of the list S All Folders Name JLogoadd_sP 322a 159k Tap to open a note or play a recording ee Noke 9 20 a 944b Create Copy 9 22 a 3m Delete Select All Tap and hold to display a pop up menu Send via E mail Beam File Rename More Tap to record Tap to access the Recording toolbar COn New Tools E Note To create documents with advanced formatting or templates such as bulleted lists and tabs use word processing software developed for your device such as Pocket Word Creating a Note To create your note tap New then write draw type or record your infor mation For information about using the input panel writing and drawing and creating recordings see Basic Skil
155. eminder PAE Every Thursday Day 29 of every month Select lt Edit pattern gt to access the wizard with Categories Every September 29 i aci ne which to customize your recurrence Select your recurrence pattern from this list Status Busy Sensitivity Normal Appointment Assigning an Appointment to a Category 1 In the calendar tap the appointment then tap Edit 2 Tap Categories 3 On the Select tab select the categories to which you want to assign the appointment 4 To create a new category tap the Add Delete tab enter the category name then tap Add The new category is automatically selected in the Select tab CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 41 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 5 Tapokto return to the appointment sE ra ive Calendar Podio FETO A check mark indicates a selected category Select Add Delete Edit E Note To find an appointment assigned to a category tap Tools gt Catego ries and select the type of appointment that you want displayed To show all appointments again tap Tools gt Categories and clear all categories Sending a Meeting Request Use Calendar to schedule meetings with people who use Outlook or Pocket Outlook When attendees receive a meeting request they can accept or decline the meeting If accepted the meeting is added to their schedule their response is sent back to you and your calendar is updated Before sending a meeting request
156. eone adds you to their contacts list select Alert me when I am added to a Passport contact list e To see who has you listed as a contact tap View MSN Messenger Er aff 1 45 ok My Allow List My Block List Can see my online Cant see my online status and send me status or send me messages messages kansascome amti965i0 Andrew Anne home Bobbie catkisserra grandmagriu Alert me when I am added to a Passport contact list Users who have me in their contact E 64 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Sending a Message e Tap a contact to whom you want to send a message Enter your message in the text entry area at the bottom of the screen and tap Send To quickly add common messages tap My Text and tap a desired message e To invite another contact to an ongoing chat tap Tools gt Invite and tap a contact e To see who is already chatting or to switch between chats tap Chats Lit fa ig MSN Messenger 4 aff 1 47 ok You are chatting with Anne home Anne home may not reply because his or her status is set to Away Enter a message here Tap to send a message Talk to Jessica a 1231 2 3 4 5 6 7 8jo 0 Tabjajwje rjt yvjujijo p E 1 CaPla sjd fjojh j k 1 shift 2 x c v bjnjm 7 cuja ji te Tools Chats My Text A Ee Windows Media Player for Windows Mobile Use Microsoft Windows Med
157. er Support Operations to upgrade printer modules perform printer diagnostics and get printer configuration are performed largely via DevicelOControl functions About NPCP NPCP Norand Portable Communications Protocol is a proprietary pro tocol that provides session network and datalink services for Intermec mobile computers in the Intermec LAN environment used with printers and data communications NPCP Driver Installation and Removal Use LPT9 for the NPCP printer device and COMI for the last parameter COMI is the connection available via the CN2B Computer Applications use the RegisterDevice function to install the driver Dereg isterDevice uninstalls the device driver and frees memory space when the driver is not required Use the HANDLE returned by RegisterDevice as the parameter to DeregisterDevice Use the RegisterDevice function call as demonstrated below Specify the full path name to the driver starting at the root for the RegisterDevice function to work properly The last parameter to RegisterDevice is a DWORD that represents the name of the port for the NPCP stream driver to use Build this parameter on the stack if it is not to be paged out during the call The first parameter LPT Device Name and the second parame ter 9 index indicate the name of the registered device such as LPT9 This is used in the CreateFile function call Install HANDLE hDevice TOCHAR porn 617
158. er User s Manual iii iv CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Contents Contents Pelote Yow DEM iodo XV Saey Mora O A XV Global Services and SUPpportizzii ta perte tl ti XV Who Should Read This Document o xvi Related Documents 3444044 ia i A E Aia xvi Patent Informationen isla ARA I ALIA xvii 1 Using the CN2B Computer o aaaea aaaeeeaa rearea l MIlano daa 2 SII PRE PRIMER a cae a Ge ee E A S 2 NECIOPRONS NA nu Aslan tare 2 Externa ll leaGgset aC iia sobre EAO Cs eek Than bls ead Bea ah eae Ale GR Esl 2 Dalle osa ic er to doo 3 Instalins and Charsino the Batteries nah ulisse 4 Removine the Ballerini cacti ses aa eu eee ebbe ea 5 Maximizing Baeren od eae a iero 6 DESPENSA O bs 6 Ee Wa Die the De predio o TO ee 6 Adjusui e the Beeper Volume eiii ds diia 7 Disabling the Deeper prugna oooh nas bee al eee oie Se od i INntermee Setunss Applet vs sica agile ee BOR oes oe aS eee nee aes 7 Key SEQUCNCES 10 3 alte di sd A AS ew ae eo ada 8 Orange Panels estos Andare Mee Sz done aoe Aue 8 Alpha Green Plane Neves itaca siasi 8 O A hates aero Reds Gee Sars Gotan eh oo we AR RO 10 ESILI CRT A E O heen ens Sok Bete 10 Resetting rot NO BCom puter ros aie nies aa cane diari aeree 11 Rertormins a Warne Boofers nie is Lehi OG wee ene re ete Se 11 FetormineCGold boatigsscniciagi ii ail ei 11 Software Build Versioni sioni loto ei 12 Soto aridi Ni 12 SmartSystems Foundation Console www intermec com SmartSystem
159. er s Manual hex hex hex hex 0D 00 2000 204 00 00 01 hex 01 01 hex 02 01 hex hex hex 5B 00 C5 00 hex 5B 004 C3 700 Le 00 Loy 00 Chapter 7 Programming 189 Chapter 7 Programming 190 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual JA Configurable Settings www intermec comThis appendix contains information about the Inter mec Settings Utilities and Wireless Network applets that may be on the CN2B Mobile Computer Information about using reader commands and configuration bar codes to configure some of your settings is also in this appendix Note Information about the settings you can configure with the Intermec ES Settings applet is described in the Intermec Computer Command Reference Manual P N 073529 The online manual is available from the Intermec web site at www intermec com CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 191 Appendix A Configurable Settings Configuration Parameters A configuration parameter changes the way the CN2B Computer operates such as configuring a parameter to have the CN2B Computer emit a very loud beep in a noisy environment Use either of the following methods to execute configuration parameters e Send parameters from an SNMP management station See SNMP Configuration on the Mobile Computer on page 108 e Scan EasySet bar codes You can use the EasySet bar code creation soft ware from Intermec to print configuration labels Scan the labels to
160. es tisso aaa tddi presta 122 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual ix Contents InremalScann tis eta lada dic is aree aa 123 Linea Maser SELUINGS opi AS A sasa 123 Internal Scanner Supported Symbologies 0 0 0 ee eee eee ee 124 Readi io Distances srta ee fis lil bead ak 124 7 Programming e eee n ene e ene e ene ne es 125 eae CAB licia veda des wef neti oye Bada ey cated eee cane 126 Creating Device Specific CAB Files aa ped iaia 126 Creamin an AINETE aos ad ot beer eat ido i 126 Sample INE Ple asia tea ias E ge haere hs 133 Using Installation Functions in SETUP DLL LL 136 After the CAB File Extracti0M ooo 136 Creating CAB Files with CAB Wizard sisas das 139 Troubleshooting the CAB Wiz dae etek eet 140 Customization and sockdOWns ix 404 2 A a E 140 NA ec casos dens ale Was A aah ante tee esd ods Ea ns Be 141 Configurable Parameters Via the Registry Editor o ooooooooooo o 143 Na stink gartints amp GE CN 143 Device Nance 3 os62 ete A IE 143 Bee UR beesi keenean e a eine 143 IDNA TI ERRE RE RR 144 MeamifestN aie als Doc a hb duke ioni 144 Pause total PIPE A eee ee Bae eae woe 144 PRG as Sean vs es hs Be ih sd ee he ae ne denies hades 144 Transferring Files Over TCP IP Networks 145 Stopping the FTP Server from Your Application ooooooooooooo o 148 Autoscut EFP ax one st Se cr en E A 149 Kernel lOsControls ceteras oc lil NU SE See AR Oo Rene ee 150 TO
161. exe 1 C Appsoft program wce400 WCEX86Rel700 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 133 Chapter 7 Programming wcestart ini 1 rpmce212 ini 1 intermec bmp 1 rpmlogo bmp rpmname bmp import bmp export bmp clock bmp 1 printer bmp 1 filecopy bmp 1 readme txt 1 tang eng Dll al rpmdata dbd 1 database wcel tahoma ttf 2 MECOS IZAL 3 olece212 dl1 3 olece211 dl1l 1 c windows ce tools wce400 NMSD61102 11 mfc lib x86 rdm45wce dll 1 c rptools rdm45wce 4 50 lib wce400 wcex86rel picfmt dll 1 c rptools picfmt l 00 wce400 wcex86rel6110 fmtetrl dll 1 c rptools fmtctrl l 00 wce400 wcex86rel6110 ugrid dll 1 c rptools ugrid 1 00 wce400 wcex86rel6110 simple dll 1 c rptools pspbm0c 1 00 wce400 wcex86rel psink dll 1 c rptools psink 1l 00 wce400 WCEX86RelMinDependency pslpwce dll 1 c rptools pslpm0c 1_ 001wce4001WCEX86RelMinDependency npepport dll 1 es rprools cedk 22 U3 installable drivers printer npcp dexcom dll 1 c rptools psdxm0c 1 00 x86 nesce exe l c rptools ncsce l_ 04 hrinet sdli Ay rptools nescex1 04 DestinationDirs Reguired section Shortcuts All 0 CE3 Windows Desktop Files App 0 InstallDir Files DataBase 0 InstallDir DataBase Files BitMaps 0 InstallDir Bitmaps Files Fonts 0 InstallDir Fonts Piles int l 0 3 installpirs Vint Files TelecomNcsCE 0 InstallDir Telecom NcsCE Files Windows 0 InstallDir Windows Files Import 0 Install
162. ferent login names or passwords on different networks or you may use a password on one network and a certificate on another Use the Profiles page to select and configure between the networking envi ronments assigned to this 802 11b g radio 2 Profile Wizard en 1 37 ok Profiles Import Export Profile Edit Selected Profile _ Enable Microsoft s Wireless zero Config Security powered by Odyssey E e Profile Tap the drop down list to choose between four different profiles assigned to this unit then tap Edit Select Profile make the changes starting on the next page then tap OK to return to the Profiles page CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 197 Appendix A Configurable Settings e Enable Microsoft s Wireless Zero Config Check this box to enable Microsoft s Wireless Zero Config application This effectively disables the Intermec software solution for 802 11b g including configuration via the Wireless Network applet Basic Use the Basic page to set the network type name and manage battery power for this profile Tap ok to return to the Profiles page e Profile Label Enter a unique name for your profile e Network type Tap the drop down list to select either Infrastructure if your network uses access points to provide connectivity to the corporate network or internet or Ad Hoc to set up a private network with participants e Channel If you selected Ad Hoc for the net
163. file to set the registry value for AutoIP remember to set the EnableDHCP value to 1 to keep DHCP enabled Note For more attempts a DHCP client makes to get a DHCP address use the DhcpRetryDialogue and DhcpMaxRetry registry settings Note Change the AutoInterval registry key value to make the client retry more often to obtain a DHCP address Wide Area Networks The CN2B Computer does not support wide area networks Remote Access Modems 100 You can set up connections to the Internet and corporate network at work to browse the Internet or intranet send and receive e mail and instant mes sages and synchronize information using ActiveSync Connections can be made using a wireless network Your CN2B Computer has two groups of connection settings My ISP and My Work Network Use My ISP settings to connect to the Internet Use My Work Network settings to connect to any private network e My ISP Once connected you can send and receive e mail messages by using Inbox and view Web or WAP pages by using Pocket Internet Explorer The communication software for creating an ISP connection is already installed on your CN2B Computer Your service provider pro vides the software needed to install other services such as paging and fax services If this is the method you want to use see Connecting to an Internet Service Provider ISP on page 101 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support e My Wor
164. formation for any screen in the wizard or while changing settings tap the Help icon CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 103 Chapter 4 Network Support 1 Tap Start gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt the Connections icon In pjo My Work Network tap Add a new modem connection Connections 77 Settings aa PEATE Connections amp To set up or change connection information tap one of the Following links My ISP Add a new modem connection My Work Network Add a new modem connection Add a new VPM server connection Set up my proxy server E 2 Enter a name for the connection such as Company Connection In the Select a modem list select your modem type then tap Next to con tinue f your modem type does not appear try reinserting your CN2B Computer into your CN2B Modem Dock e If using an external modem connected to your CN2B Computer with a cable select Hayes Compatible on COMI e If using any type of external modem select the modem by name If a listing does not exist for your external modem select Hayes Compat ible on COMI e Wireless connections can be made via a mobile phone network or GPRS If using a mobile phone network to connect select Cellular Line If using GPRS tap Cellular Line GPRS 9 Settings Fogli PETI TE New Connection amp Enter a name For the connection Company Connection Select a modem Hayes Compatible on COMI
165. g select text then tap Tools gt Spell Check To use your new document as a template move the document to the Templates folder You can insert the data in a document First make sure that no drawings are selected tap and hold anywhere on the document then tap Insert Date from the pop up menu Typing Mode Using the input panel enter typed text into the document For more infor mation on entering typed text see Basic Skills on page 21 To format existing text and to edit text first select the text You can select text as you do in a Word document using your stylus instead of the mouse to drag through the text you want to select You can search a document to find text by tapping Edit gt Find Replace CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 E Pocket Word e d 11 09 gt allow about three fut acks and at the lt take a left onto Hic iiki Format Paragraph Tap to returnto through St Cloud j the list leaving the city co on Highway 10 for Spell Check approximately eight miles until n that n Tap to format text Tap to change format options Tap to toggle the toolbar Writing Mode In writing mode use your stylus to write directly on the screen Ruled lines are displayed as a guide and the zoom magnification is greater than in typ ing mode to allow you to write more easily For more information on writ ing and selecting writing see Basic Skil
166. g button select unassigned from the applicable drop down list e Tap Defaults in the lower right corner to restore defaults Note You cannot map an application to more than one button Should LS you assign the same application to two buttons a verification prompt appears after the second button to confirm whether you want to remap the application If you tap Yes the applet changes the first button to unas signed and maps the application to the second button t4 Note All changes are activated immediate upon selection Wireless Network Applet Note See Chapter 4 Network Support for information about the L 802 11b g radio module CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 195 Appendix A Configurable Settings About the Wireless Network Terminology 196 Your wireless adapter network interface card connects to wireless net works of two types infrastructure networks and ad hoc networks e Infrastructure networks get you onto your corporate network and the internet Your CN2B Computer establishes a wireless connection to an access point which links you to the rest of the network When you con nect to a network via an access point you are using the 802 11b g infra structure mode e Ad hoc networks are private networks shared between two or more cli ents even with no access point Each wireless network is assigned a name or Service Set Identifier SSID to allow multiple networks to coexist in the
167. g that the program is valid but it is designed for a different type of computer is displayed Move this file to your CN2B Computer If you cannot find any instal lation instructions for the program in the Read Me file or documenta tion use ActiveSync Explore to copy the program file to the Program Files folder on your CN2B Computer For more information on copying files using ActiveSync see ActiveSync Help Once installation is complete tap Start gt Programs and then the program icon to switch to it 32 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Adding a Program Directly from the Internet 1 Determine your CN2B Computer and processor type so that you know which version of the software to install Tap Start gt Settings gt the Sys About tem tab gt About gt the Version tab then make a note of the information in Processor 2 Download the program to your CN2B Computer straight from the Internet using Pocket Internet Explorer You may see a single XIP EXE or ZIP file a SETUP EXE file or several versions of files for different CN2B Computer types and processors Be sure to select the program designed for the Windows Mobile and your CN2B Computer processor type 3 Read program installation instructions Read Me files or other docu mentation Many programs provide installation instructions 4 Tap the file such as a XIP or EXE file to start the installation wizard Follow the dir
168. gate p Microsoft to other parts of the e French English Pocket Dict Reader Settings Microsoft Return Microsoft Reader Help Microsoft Reader Team CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Reading a Book Each book consists of a cover page which includes navigation options an optional table of contents and the pages of the book The first time you open a book go to the first page or to the table of con tents if there is one Subsequently whenever you open the book you are automatically taken to the last page read With the text each book page includes a page number and book title You can also page through a book by using the Up Down Left Right controls on your CN2B Computer nti Microsoft Reader r sf 2 17 3 English Spanish Pocket Dictionary Tap the text for a pop up menu Tap to select a dial navigational option adj obligatorio col Add Bookmark Add Highlight Add Text Note Add Drawing CO Find Copy Text Lookup Using Reader Features Reading a book electronically gives you several options not available with paper books These options are available from any book page Select text by dragging across the text on the page Then tap an option on the pop up menu as described here Searching for Text Find text in a book by tapping Find on the pop up menu Enter the word you want to search for and tap the desired Find option Reader highlights found text
169. gories Appointment 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 4 Tab q wje r t Tap to insert the anticipated word Tap keys on the onscreen keyboard to enter characters Typing With the Onscreen Keyboard Tap the input panel arrow then tap Keyboard On the soft keyboard that is displayed tap the keys with your stylus e To type lowercase letters tap the keys with the stylus e To type a single uppercase letter or symbol tap the Shift key To tap multiple uppercase letters or symbols tap the CAP key e To convert a letter to uppercase tap and hold the stylus on the letter and drag up e To add a space drag the stylus to the right across at least two keys e To backspace a character drag the stylus to the left over at least two keys CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 e To insert a carriage return tap and hold the stylus anywhere on the key board and drag down 1231 2 3 4 5 6 7 8joj0 Ttabjajwje rjt vjujijo p E 1 cAPja s a f ajn ijkjij shift zx c v bjnjm 7 cul ji te Edit Ej To use larger keys tap the input panel arrow tap Options select Key board from the Input method drop down list then select Large keys E Settings e E Input input methodi i Large keys elr t O Small keys djf gl C Use gestures For the Following keys and remove them From the keyboard Space LI Shift key te Backspace Lg Enter Input Method Word Com
170. ha 4 Alpha 4 4 Alpha 4 4 4 Alpha 5 Alpha 5 5 Alpha 5 5 5 Alpha 6 Alpha 6 6 Alpha 6 6 6 Alpha 7 Alpha 7 7 Alpha 7 7 7 Alpha 7 7 7 7 Alpha 8 Alpha 8 8 Alpha 8 8 8 Alpha 9 Alpha 9 9 Alpha 9 9 9 Alpha 9 9 9 9 To Enter HA O Egs RoN Ra EN Bee O MON MOM 7 A a E lt Fi E Press the Keys Alpha 1 2 Alpha 1 2 2 Alpha 1 2 2 2 Alpha 1 3 Alpha 1 3 3 Alpha 1 3 3 3 Alpha 1 4 Alpha 1 4 4 Alpha 1 4 4 4 Alpha 1 5 Alpha 1 5 5 Alpha 1 5 5 5 Alpha 1 6 Alpha 1 6 6 Alpha 1 6 6 6 Alpha 1 7 Alpha 1 7 7 Alpha 1 7 7 7 Alpha 1 7 7 7 7 Alpha 1 8 Alpha 1 8 8 Alpha 1 8 8 8 Alpha 1 9 Alpha 1 9 9 Alpha 1 9 9 9 Alpha 1 9 9 9 9 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer LEDs The battery status LED and the scanning keypad shift and notification LED turn red green or yellow Battery Status LED LED Color and Action Description Steady Green Battery is more than 95 charged and the CN2B Computer is on charger Blinking Red Battery is less than 10 charged and the CN2B Computer is not on charger Red The CN2B Computer is on charge Yellow The CN2B Computer is on a charging source
171. he Data Collection Resource Kit in the Intermec Developer Library IDL for information about data collection functions The IDL is available as a download from the Intermec web site at www intermec com idl Con tact your Intermec representative for more information CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings gt To access the settings from the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt Intermec Settings to access its applet Intermec E Intermec Settings 4 ff 11 27 x Settings Data Collection Communications Device Settings SmartSystems Information ION Configuration Printers File Edit View Help Es E Utilities Applet The Utilities applet examines and modifies settings and operational modes of specific hardware and software on the CN2B Computer including the registry storage wakeup mask and application launch keys Registry Save From the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt Utili gia ties gt the Registry Save tab to access the Registry Save page Utilities For Windows Mobile 2003 the only medium available for saving the regis try is the Flash File System PSM Registry data is stored in the Flash_File_Store Registry path Check Enable Registry Storage to enable this function 9 Settings e 46 11 29 vee Registry settings can be saved between cold boots The registry is saved during device resets or when ap
172. he Notes tab For specific instructions tap Start gt Help gt Notes to see Notes Help Ea Contacts Er al 4 15 ok Controls for the recorder Bring records to Room 3A Use the stylus to write or draw your information here Tap to activate the keyboard Details Notes Tap to activate the writing pad Tap to activate the recorder Note To edit an existing note tap the contact tap Edit then tap the Notes tab Assigning a Contact to a Category 1 In the contact list tap the contact and then tap Edit 2 Scroll to and tap Categories 3 On the Select tab check the categories to assign to the contact 4 To create a new category tap the Add Delete tab enter the category name then tap Add The new category is automatically checked in the Select tab 5 Tap ok to return to the contacts Ea Contacts ar al 4 19 ok ai A check mark indicates a selected category Select amp dd Delete Copying a Contact 1 In the contact list select the contact For multiple contacts tap and drag 2 Tap Tools and then select Copy Contacts CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 47 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Sending a Message to a Contact 1 In the contact list tap and hold the contact To select multiple contacts tap and drag Then tap and hold the selected contacts 2 On the pop up menu select Send Email or Send SMS depending upon the type of message to send 123 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Tab
173. he Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit www openssl org This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young EAY cryptsoft com This product uses Regex Index software during its operational phases The owner of Regex has granted use of the software to anyone provided such use is accompanied by the following copyright and permission notice Regex Index Version 3 31 16th Dec 2001 Copyright 1998 2001 Dr John Maddock Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation Dr John Maddock makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or implied warranty ii CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Document Change Record This page records changes to this document The document was originally released as version 001 Description of Change 06 2006 Added Intermec Settings gt Printers information improved configuration information adapted for RoHS compliance CN2B Mobile Comput
174. he drawing box indicates the boundary Drawing t4 Note You may want to change the zoom level so that you can more easily work on or view your drawing Tap Tools and then a zoom level 28 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Selecting a Drawing To edit or format a drawing select it first Tap and hold the stylus on the drawing until the selection handle appears To select multiple drawings deselect the Pen icon and then drag to select the drawings you want You can cut copy and paste selected drawings by tapping and holding the selected drawing and then tapping an editing command on the pop up menu or by tapping the command on the Edit menu To resize a drawing make sure the Pen icon is not selected and drag a selection handle Recording a Message O ES In any program where you can write or draw on the screen you can also capture thoughts reminders and phone numbers by recording a message In the Inbox program you can add a recording to an e mail message In Calendar Tasks and Contacts you can include a recording in the Notes tab In the Notes program you can create a stand alone recording or add a recording to an open note Creating a Recording 1 Hold the CN2B Computer microphone near your mouth or source of sound Tap the red recording button and make your recording 2 Tap the black stop recording button when finished If you are recording in an open note an icon appea
175. he information you want For example you can share your device with another by assigning appoint ments to a category with a special project s name You can then use this cat egory to filter Calendar and only display appointments for that project Note In Month View the day of an appointment assigned to the Holiday category appears in red This day was assigned the Holiday category CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 What s an All Day Event An appointment can either be a normal appointment or an all day event which lasts the full day or spans many days Examples include a trade show a vacation or a seminar You can also use all day events to schedule an annual event such as a birthday or anniversary In this case change the Sta tus box to Free you may need to scroll to see it so that it does not show time as busy in your calendar All day events do not occupy blocks of time in Calendar they appear in banners at the top of the calendar Note You cannot modify or create all day events with attendees on the device If you create all day events with attendees on your desktop use ActiveSync to copy such events to the device Then view them in Calendar For more information on copying files see ActiveSync Help To use the device to schedule an appointment with attendees lasting all day set type to Normal then adjust the date and time appropriately This describes the all day event
176. he printer for errors while the report is completing the print process at the printer If an error occurs during the polling process the operation will return FALSE and the application can get the extended error code by using IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR No parameters are required NPCP Printer Communications All NPCP printer communications should be based on the following flow 1 Use CreateFile to open the printer driver 2 Use IOCTL_NPCP_BIND to bind a session with the printer IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR to check for errors on the bind to ensure suc cess and IOCTL_NPCP_CANCEL to cancel outstanding print jobs 3 Use IOCTL_NPCP_FLUSH to poll the printer to free up printer buffer resources Use IOCTL_NPCP_FLUSH to poll the printer s status If an error is reported by the IOCTL then use IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR to get the error and determine the correct recovery procedure CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 115 Chapter 5 Printer Support 4 Use WriteFile to write your data to the printer Check for errors and that all data were written Use IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR to get the extended error If the error is critical in nature use IOCTL_NPCP_CLOSE followed by CloseFile to end the communi cations session Start a new session beginning with step 1 to ensure proper printing For noncritical errors display the error and retry the operation 5 Afterall data is sent to the printer ensure that the printer continues to print the report properly by polling
177. hing authentication algorithm 2 Check Validate Server Certificate to verify the identity of the authenti cation server based on its certificate when using TTLS or PEAP 3 Enter the Common Names of trusted servers Note that if these fields are left blank the server certificate trust validation is not performed or required Click ok to return to the Security page E Profile Wizard e 46156 DI Inner PEAP Authentication EAP mM5 CHAP 42 Certificate Settings _ Validate Server Certificate E TLS EAP TLS EAP TLS is a protocol that is based on the TLS Transport Layer Security protocol widely used to secure web sites This requires both the user and authentication server have certificates for mutual authentication While cryptically strong this requires corporations that deploy this to maintain a certificate infrastructure for all their users Use TLS to configure the use of EAP TLS as an authentication protocol and to select Open WPA or Network EAP as an association mode To Enable TLS with an Open Association 1 Set 8021x Security as TLS and Association to Open Skip Encryp tion as it is automatically set to WEP page 197 2 Enter your unique Subject Name and User Name to use this protocol 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings 4 Tap Additional Settings t
178. his IOCTL returns the device default contrast setting Two bytes are returned in the buffer pointed to by the Out Buffer parameter ITC_NVPARM_MCODE This IOCTL returns the manufacturing configuration code for the device Sixteen bytes are returned in the buffer pointed to by the pOutBuffer parameter 152 ITC_NVPARM_VERSION_NUMBER This IOCTL returns the firmware version for various system components These values for the Class d field of the PARMS structure are allowed when ITC_NVPARM_VERSION_NUMBER is used in the zd field VN_CLASS_KBD Returns a five byte string including null terminator that contains an ASCII value which repre sents the keypad microprocessor version in the system Format of the string is x xx with a terminating null character VN_CLASS_ASIC Returns a five byte string including null terminator that contains an ASCII value which repre sents the version of the FPGA firmware in the system Format of the string is x xx with a terminating null character VN_CLASS_BOOTSTRAP Returns a five byte string including null terminator that contains an ASCII value which represents the version of the Bootstrap Loader firmware in the system Format of the string is x xx with a termi nating null character ITC_NVPARM_INTERMEC_SOFTWARE_CONTENT This IOCTL reads the manufacturing flag bits from the nonvolatile data store that dictates certain software parame ters A BOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by pOutBuffer that in
179. ia Player for Windows Mobile to play digital audio and video files that are stored on your CN2B Computer or on a net work To switch to Windows Media Player on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt Windows Media Use Microsoft Windows Media Player on your desktop to copy digital audio and video files to your CN2B Computer You can play Windows Media and MP3 files on your Windows Mobile 2 Windows Media 4 ff 1 51 3 Media 64 kbps Welcome To Y Ea f Windows Media Player Monitors the progress of the current track Tap to skip to the next song Tap to play a previous song Tap to start pause or stop a song For more information about using Windows Media Player for Windows Mobile tap Start gt Help gt Windows Media Player CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 65 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Microsoft Reader als F Microsoft Reader 66 Use Microsoft Reader to read eBooks on your CN2B Computer Down load books to your desktop from your favorite eBook Web site Then use ActiveSync to copy the book files to your activated CN2B Computer The books appear in the Reader Library where you can tap them in the list to open them Each book consists of a cover page an optional table of con tents and the pages of the book You can e Page through the book by using the Up Down control on your CN2B Computer or by tapping the page number on each page e Annotate the book with highlighting bookmarks notes and drawings
180. ication using a Secure Digital storage card 1 Suspend the CN2B Computer remove the battery from the CN2B Computer then remove its Secure Digital storage card Secure Digital storage card 2 Usinga Secure Digital card reader connected to your desktop PC insert the Secure Digital card into your card reader 3 Create a CabFiles directory on the Secure Digital card then copy build into cabfiles your application data files and all required DLLs and drivers into this directory 4 Remove the Secure Digital card from your card reader and reinstall it into the CN2B Computer 5 Perform a warm boot on the CN2B Computer to install these files Using Wavelink Avalanche 76 ie You can use the Wavelink Avalanche device management system to install applications on all of your wireless CN2B Computers The wireless CN2B Computer ships with the Avalanche Enabler already loaded on it The Avalanche Enabler is configured to activate automatically typically on a warm boot Note If you manually activate the Avalanche Enabler on the CN2B Com puter you may be prompted for a password when you exit the Avalanche Enabler The default password is leave When the Avalanche Enabler is activated the CN2B Computer attempts to connect to the Avalanche Agent When the CN2B Computer connects to the Agent the Agent determines whether an update is available and imme diately starts the software upgrade file transfer or configuration
181. ice you must have a Microsoft Passport or Hotmail account For Exchange Instant Messaging you must have an Exchange account CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 1 Create a connection for your device To use MSN Messenger Service set up a connection to the Internet to use Exchange Instant Messaging set up a connection to your corporate network See Remote Access Modems on page 100 for more information on getting connected 2 In MSN Messenger tap Tools gt Options gt the Accounts tab 3 Select either Enable MSN Messenger Service or Enable Exchange Instant Messaging or both 4 Enter your sign in name and password for the selected accounts Your sign in name is usually in the username domain com form 5 If you selected both accounts under Sign in using this account first select which account to sign in to first i MSN Messenger lt 0 aff 12 00 ok Accounts Enable MSN Messenger Service Enable Exchange Instant Messaging Sign in using this account first i MSN Messenger Service O Exchange Instant Messaging General Privacy Accounts E Signing In and Out To sign in tap anywhere on the screen and follow the directions e To sign out tap Tools gt Sign Out e To sign in upon connecting tap Tools gt Options gt General and select the Run this program upon connection box e Signing in to an Exchange account may take several minutes depending upon your
182. in name was not provided try the connection without entering a domain name then tap Finish If provided by ISP or network administrator E Creating a VPN Server Connection to Work A VPN connection helps you to securely connect to servers such as a cor porate network via the Internet Ask your network administrator for the user name password domain name TCP IP settings and host name or IP address of the VPN server To view additional information for any screen in the wizard or while changing settings tap the Help icon CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 105 Chapter 4 Network Support Note To change existing settings in My Work Network tap Manage existing connections gt the VPN tab Select the desired VPN connection tap Settings and follow the instructions on the screen gt 1 Tap Start gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt the Connections icon pjo Tap Add a new VPN server connection beneath My Work Network to Connections initiate this procedure 5 settings e 2 31 Connections gt To set up or change connection information tap one of the following links My ISP Add a new modem connection My Work Network Add a new modem connection Add a new YPN server connection Set up my proxy server E 2 In Name enter a name for the connection such as a company s name In Host name IP enter the VPN server name or IP address Next to VPN type select the type of authenticati
183. indows h gt include lt Tlhelp32 h gt include lt winioctl h gt include lt ce setup h gt J in the public SDK dir define IOCTL TERMINAL RESET CTL CODE FILE DEVICE UNKNOWN FILE ANY ACCESS 2050 METHOD NEITHER BOOL APIENTRY DllMain HANDLE h DWORD reason LPVOID lpReserved return TRUE y DllMain EEE A KKK KKK SDOCBEGINS BOOL IsProcessRunning TCHAR pname Description Get process table snapshot look for pname running Arguments pname pointer to name of program to look for for example app exe 3 Returns TRUE process is running Jy FALSE process is not running FF SDOCENDS JP FRA AAA AA AAA KKK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK AAA AAA AAA AA AA KKK KK KKK 136 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming BOOL IsProcessRunning TCHAR pname HANDLE hProcList PROCESSENTRY32 peProcess DWORD thDeviceProcessID TCHAR lpname MAX PATH if pname pname return FALSE _tcscpy lpname pname _tcslwr lpname hPrTOCLIsE Creatertoolhelps32Snapshot TH3z2Cs SNAPPROCESSp OF y if hProcList INVALID HANDLE VALUE return FALSE t 7 end if memset amp peProcess O sizeof peProcess peProcess dwSize sizeof peProcess 1 Process32First hProcList amp peProcess 1 CloseToolhelp32Snapshot hProcList return FALSE end if thDeviceProcessID 0 do _tEsiwerl pe
184. installed ITC_NVPARM_SIM_PROTECT_SW_INSTALLED This IOCTL reads the state of the SIM card protection software installed flag A BOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by pOutBuffer TRUE indicates that the SIM card protection software is installed FALSE indi cates that no SIM card protection software is installed ITC_NVPARM_SIM_PROTECT_SW_INSTALLED This IOCTL reads the state of the SIM card protection software installed flag A BOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by pOutBuffer TRUE indicates that the SIM card protection software is installed FALSE indi cates that no SIM card protection software is installed IOCTL_HAL_ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM Describes and enables the registry save location Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL ITC WRITE SYSPARM LPVOID lpInBuf DWORD nInBufSize LPVOID IpOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD IpBytesReturned Parameters IpInBuf A single byte that may be one of the id values See the following 7D Field Values table nInBufSize Must be set to the size of the p nBuf in bytes IpOutBuf Must point to a buffer large enough to hold the data to be written to the nonvolatile data store nOutBufSize The size of pOutBuf in bytes IpBytesReturned The number of bytes returned by the function Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails GetLastError may get the error value When this functi
185. io is installed FALSE indicates that no 802 11b g radio is installed ITC_NVPARM_80211_RADIOTYPE This IOCTL reads the 802 11b g radio ID installed by manufacturing A BYTE is returned in the buffer pointer to by lp OutBuffer that indicates the type of 802 11b g radio hardware installed The maximum possible value returned is ITC_DEVID_80211RADIO_ MAX The current definitions are TTC_DEVID_80211RADIO_NONE No 802 1 1b g radio installed ITC_DEVID_80211RADIO INTEL_2011B Intel 2011B radio installed CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming ID Field Values continued ITC_NVPARM_BLUETOOTH_INSTALLED This IOCTL reads the state of the Bluetooth radio installed flag A BOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by pOutBuffer TRUE indicates that the Bluetooth radio is installed FALSE indicates that no Bluetooth radio is installed ITC_NVPARM_SERIAL2_INSTALLED This IOCTL reads the state of the serial 2 COM2 device installed flag A BOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by pOurBuffer TRUE indicates that the serial 2 device is installed FALSE indicates that no serial 2 device is installed ITC_NVPARM_SIM_PROTECT_HW_INSTALLED This IOCTL reads the state of the SIM card protection hardware installed flag A BOOLEAN DWORD is returned in the buffer pointed to by pOutBuffer TRUE indicates that the SIM card protection hardware is installed FALSE indi cates that no SIM card protection hardware is
186. izeof tagOemVerInfo e verinfover l sm EEN Lo NE PES ito met tgtplat SeaRay tgtplatversion Current build version number tgtcputype 8 meho Eero XA Zoo tgtcoreversion date Build time time Build date lt gt nOutBufSize The size of VERSIONINFO in bytes Return Values Returns TRUE if function succeeds Returns FALSE if the function fails GetLastError may be used to get the extended error value IOCTL_HAL_GET_BOOTLOADER_VERINFO Returns the HAL version information of the Pocket PC image Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL GET OAL VERINFO LPVOID lpInBuf DWORD nInBufSize LPVOID 1pOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpBytesReturned CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 155 Chapter 7 Programming 156 Parameters IpInBuf nInBufSize IpOutBuf nOutBufSize IpBytesReturned Return Values Should be set to NULL Should be set to zero Must point to a VERSIONINEO structure as defined by OEMIOCTL H The fields should have these values cboemverinfo Sizeof tagOemVerInfo everinfover 1 esig TIGO eid B COteustomer etgtplat SeaRay e tgtplatversion Current build version number of the bootstrap loader tgtcputype 8 Intell0 tgtcpu PXA255 0 etgtcoreversion date Build time time Build date lt gt The size of VERSIONINFO in bytes The number of bytes returned to pOutBuf Returns TRUE if function s
187. k 194 scanner cleaning the window 226 window illustrated 226 screen cleaning 226 SD card accessing files 14 attaching a pull tab 13 inserting 13 removing 14 Secure Digital cards installing applications 76 packaging an application 74 specifications 16 Set information functions 171 SetAuthenticationMode 173 SetCCXStatus 175 SetChannel 173 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index SetMixedCellMode 175 SetNetworkMode 174 SetPowerMode 174 SetSSID 175 Setting date and time 216 SETUP DLL 129 136 DIIMain 136 installation functions 136 SHFullScreen 141 shortcut_list_section CEShortcuts shortcut_filename 133 shortcut_type_flag 133 target_file_path 133 Signature Version 126 SIM cards protection hardware 153 protection software 153 software installed 153 Simple Network Management Protocol See SNMP SmartSystems 7 77 108 SMS Folder behavior connected to email server 54 SNMP 108 Software versions 12 SourceDiskFiles filename 130 SourceDiskNames CESignature 129 disk_ordinal 129 SourceDisksNames MIPS 130 SourceDisksNames SH3 130 Speaker 2 Specifications 16 battery 17 display 16 environmental 16 expansion slots 16 integrated scanner options 17 integrated wireless 17 keypad options 17 memory and storage 17 microprocessor 17 operating system 17 physical dimensions 17 regulatory approvals 17 standard communications 17 SSID network name 802 11 radio
188. k then write any where on the screen For specific instructions on using Transcriber with Transcriber open tap the question mark in the lower right hand corner of the screen t Ega Anea New Tools Tap for assistance Selecting Typed Text To edit or format typed text you must select it first Drag the stylus across the text you want to select You can cut copy and paste text by tapping and holding the selected words and then tapping an editing command on the pop up menu or by tapping the command on the Edit menu Writing on the Screen we 26 In any program that accepts writing such as the Notes program and in the Notes tab in Calendar Contacts and Tasks you can use your stylus to write directly on the screen Write the way you do on paper You can edit and format what you have written and convert the information to text at a later time e Tap the Pen icon to switch to writing mode This action displays lines on the screen to help you write e fi 2 58 GI Tap to use your stylus like a pen Note Some programs that accept writing may not have the Pen icon See related documentation to find out how to switch to writing mode Selecting the Writing If you want to edit or format writing you must select it first CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 1 Tap and hold the stylus next to the text you want to select until the insertion point appears 2 Without lifting
189. k Network Connect to the network at your company or organi zation where you work Once connected you can send and receive e mail messages by using Inbox view Web or WAP pages by using Pocket Internet Explorer and synchronize with your desktop If this is the method you want to use see Connecting to Work on page 103 Connecting to an Internet Service Provider ISP You can connect to your ISP and use the connection to send and receive e mail messages and view Web or WAP pages Obtain your ISP dial up access telephone number user name and pass word from your ISP Some ISPs require information in front of the user name such as MSN username To view additional information for any screen in the wizard or while changing settings tap the Help icon 1 Tap Start gt Settings gt the Connections tab gt the Connections icon In My ISP tap Add a new modem connection Connections HJ Settings Pdl d 231 Connections amp To set up or change connection information tap one of the Following links My ISP Add a new modem connection My Work Network Add a new modem connection Add a new YPN server connection Set up my proxy server E 2 Enter a name for the connection such as ISP Connection If using an external modem connected to your CN2B Computer with a cable select Hayes Compatible on COM1 from the Select a modem list Tap Next to continue Fa Settings 4 aff 2 33 Make
190. l Chapter 7 Programming Autohide the taskbar Shell is not on top 135 Chapter 7 Programming Using Installation Functions in SETUP DLL SETUP DLL is an optional file that enables you to perform custom opera tions during installation and removal of your application The following list shows the functions that are exported by SETUP DLL Note Use DefaultInstall gt CESelfRegister page 129 in the INF file L to point to SETUP DLL Install_Init Called before installation begins Use this function to check the application version when reinstall ing an application and to determine if a dependent application is present Install_Exit Called after installation is complete Use this function to handle errors that occur during applica tion installation Uninstall_Init Called before the removal process begins Use this function to close the application if the applica tion is running Uninstall_Exit Called after the removal process is complete Use this function to save database information to a file and delete the database and to tell the user where the user data files are stored and how to reinstall the application After the CAB File Extraction Cab files that need to cause a warm reset after cab extraction need to create the _ RESETMEPLEASE __ TXT file in the Windows directory The preferred method to create this file is within the DIIMain portion of the SETUP DLL file It looks like this include lt w
191. lajw e r t y uli o p CaPla sjd fjojh j k 1 shift zx c v bjmjm F cuja ji te Edit My Text 3 Note To send an e mail message use an e mail address configured for the ES contact To send an SMS Short Messaging Service message use an SMS number for the contact which is usually the mobile phone number Finding a Contact e Tap Start gt Find enter the contact name first last or middle phone number or address select Contacts for the type then tap Go e From Contacts start typing a contact name until you see it displayed on the screen To show all contacts again tap the text box at the top of the screen and clear the text or tap the arrow to the right of the text box e In the contact list tap the category list labeled All Contacts by default and tap the category to which you have assigned a contact To show all contacts again select All Contacts e To view the names of companies for which your contacts work in the contact list tap View gt By Company The number of contacts that work for that company is displayed to the right of the company name 48 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 t4 Note To quickly move through the contacts tap a set of letters at the top This takes you to the contact names beginning with those letters pami Contacts ar aft 4 29 is tx nT UK ronal at rave Great Mork ie nies Tap to jump to that portion of the contacts list Grube
192. le Mew Tools Be E EE E Month view displays symbols to indicate the types of appointments you have on a given day An upward triangle indicates a morning appointment a downward triangle indicates an afternoon appointment If you have appointments in the morning and afternoon a solid square is displayed If you have an all day event not marked Free a hollow square is displayed E Calendar g 461142 O October 2005 This displays a morning appointment This displays appointments both morning and afternoon This displays an afternoon appointment This displays an all day event not marked Free Creating or Changing an Appointment To create an appointment tap New To select a new date from a pop up calendar tap the display date To enter or select a new time tap the display time Enter the appointment details and when finished tap OK to return to the calendar If you are working in Day view tap the time slot for the new appointment and then tap New to have the time automatically entered for you CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 To change an appointment tap it in the calendar then tap Edit Change any appointment detail by tapping it and entering the new information Note Tap the arrows to the right of the description and location boxes to choose from previous entries When entering a time you can type military and abbreviated time forms such as 2300 becomes 11 00 PM 9
193. lication in the order provided 1 Create an INF file with Windows CE specific modifications see below 2 Optional Create a SETUP DLL file to provide custom control of the installation process page 136 3 Use the CAB Wizard to create the CAB file using the INF file the optional SETUP DLL file and the device specific application files as parameters page 139 Creating an INF File An INF file specifies information about an application for the CAB Wiz ard Below are the sections of an INF file Version This specifies the file creator version and other relevant information Required Yes e Signature signature_name Windows NT e Provider INF creator The company name of the application such as Microsoft e CESignature SWindows CE Example Version Signature SWindows NTS Provider Intermec CESignature SWindows CES 126 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming CEStrings This specifies string substitutions for the application name and the default installation directory Required Yes e AppName app_name Name of the application Other instances of AppName in the INF file are replaced with this string value such as RP32 e InstallDir default_install_dir Default installation directory on the device Other instances of Install Dir in the INF file are replaced with this string value Example SDMMC_Disk AppName
194. lly while connected to your desktop or only when you choose the synchronize command e Select which information types are synchronized and control how much data is synchronized For example you can choose how many weeks of past appointments you want synchronized Before you begin synchronization install ActiveSync on your desktop from the Windows Mobile Companion CD For more information on installing ActiveSync see your Quick Start card ActiveSync is already installed on your CN2B Computer After installation is complete the ActiveSync Setup Wizard helps you con nect your CN2B Computer to your desktop set up a partnership so you can synchronize information between your CN2B Computer and your desktop and customize your synchronization settings Your first synchroni zation process automatically begins when finished using the wizard After your first synchronization look at Calendar Contacts and Tasks on your CN2B Computer Notice that information you have stored in Microsoft Outlook on your desktop was copied to your CN2B Computer and you did not have to type a word Disconnect the CN2B Computer from your computer and you are ready to go CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Once you have set up ActiveSync and completed the first synchronization process you can initiate synchronization from your CN2B Computer To switch to ActiveSync on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt ActiveSync Note that
195. ls on page 21 e Writing Using the stylus write directly on the screen e Drawing Using the stylus draw directly on the screen e Typing Using the input panel enter typed text into the CN2B Computer Do this by tapping keys on the onscreen keyboard or by using handwriting recognition software e Recording Create a stand alone recording or embed a recording into a note Synchronizing Notes Notes can be synchronized between your desktop and device either through notes synchronization or file synchronization Notes synchronization syn chronizes the notes on the CN2B Computer with Outlook Notes on the desktop File synchronization does all notes on the CN2B Computer with the My Documents folder for the CN2B Computer on the desktop CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 To synchronize notes through synchronization first select the Notes infor mation type for synchronization in ActiveSync The next time you synchro nize all notes in My Documents and its subfolder on your device appear in Outlook Notes on your desktop Notes that contain only text appear as reg ular notes in Outlook on your desktop while notes containing written text or drawings appear in the device format In addition all notes in the Notes group in Outlook on the desktop appear in Notes on the device To synchronize your notes as files in ActiveSync select the Files informa tion type for synchronization and clear th
196. ls on page 21 E Pocket Word t i 10 47 ok a With Space icon selected drag to insert space An arrow appears showing the space direction and size Tap to highlight the selected text _ Tap to select formatting options such as pen weight Space icon Pen icon Note If you cross three ruled lines in a single stylus stroke the writing becomes a drawing and can be edited and manipulated as described in Drawing Mode on page 60 Note Written words are converted to graphids metafiles when a Pocket Word document is converted to a Word document on your desktop Recording Mode In recording mode embed a recording into your document Recordings are saved as WAV files For more information on recording see Basic Skills on page 21 For more information on using Pocket Word tap Start gt Help gt Pocket Word to see Pocket Word Help CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 59 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Pocket Excel 60 ES Drawing Mode In drawing mode use your stylus to draw on the screen Grid lines appear as a guide When you lift your stylus off the screen after the first stroke a drawing box indicating the boundaries of the drawing appears Every subse quent stroke within or touching the drawing box becomes part of the draw ing For more information on drawing and selecting drawings see Basic Skills on page 21 Pocket Word e E ok TTI ita trat iin Resize
197. lso be sure to add the TRANSMIT KEY last Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_AddWep ULONG BOOL TCHAR else UINT AddWep ULONG BOOL TCHAR endif EnableWep Enables or disables WEP encryption on the radio TRUE FALSE Syntax UINT EnableWep BOOL Parameters Set BOOL to TRUE to enable WEP encryption or FALSE to disable WEP encryption Return ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when Values the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks Call this function with TRUE as the parameter to enable WEP encryp tion Call this function with the FALSE parameter to disable WEP encryption This call is an alias for EncryptionStatus See the following EnableWEP TRUE EncryptionSta tus NDIS ENCRYPTION 1 ENABLED Bra levine PASE AE nc pi Ones USD INCI se EEL ON ID ASS sbi dhe Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_EnableWep BOOL else UINT EnableWep BOOL endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 171 Chapter 7 Programming EncryptionStatus Call this function to set the desired encryption status Syntax UINT EncryptionStatus UINT mode Parameters NDIS_ENCRYPTION_1_ ENABLED WEP is enabled TKIP and AES are not enabled and a transmit key may or may not be available same as NDIS_RADIO_WEP_ENABLED Indicates that AES TKIP and WEP are dis abled and a transmit key is available Same as NDIS_
198. meout 3 minutes DF180 Backlight Timeout 4 minutes DF240 Backlight Timeout 5 minutes DF300 Key Clicks 4 Note The Key Clicks parameter information is on page 214 Disable key clicks KC0 Enable soft key clicks KC1 218 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings Enable loud key clicks default KC2 Virtual Wedge Grid Preamble Postamble The following parameters are user configurable strings Refer to a full ASCII chart for more information Grid For Virtual Wedge Grid the first part of the bar code would be the follow ing which can include a string of up to 240 characters AF Preamble For Virtual Wedge Preamble the first part of the bar code would be below followed by a string of up to 31 characters no lt NUL gt and an asterisk AD Postamble For Virtual Wedge Postamble the first part of the bar code would be below followed by a string of up to 31 characters no lt NUL gt and an asterisk CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 219 Appendix A Configurable Settings 220 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Troubleshooting the CN2B omputer Use this appendix to solve problems you may encounter while using the CN2B Mobile Computer CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 221 Appendix B
199. move this file e 9 23 6 E CabFiles L Persistent Co a System la ignore_my_d 3 21 03 OB E PSMinfo 3 21 03 28B El ReadmeSupp 10 3 05 E 505145001 3 21 03 E 3 Select Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Utilities icon gt the Regis mu try Save tab then check Enable Registry Storage to enable the registry utilities Save flag Tap ok to close then close the Settings e 11 29 ok Utilities Registry settings can be saved between cold boots The registry is saved during device resets or when applications use the RegFlushkey function Enable Registry Storage Registry Save Wakeup Mask App Launch 4 Select Start gt Registry Save then tap ok when told the registry is saved Registry Save ok The Registry has been sawed 78 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 3 Installing Applications Confirming the New Registry File To confirm whether the new registry file exists do the following 5 1 On the CN2B Computer select Start gt Programs gt File Explorer then tap My Device gt Flash File Store Press and hold your stylus in the white File Explorer 2182 beneath for a pop up menu then select View All Files Yiew All Files Paste Paste Shortcut New Folder 2 The new registry file should be on the root of the Flash File Store folder with today s date ive File Explorer e 4 10 06 63 H Flash File Store
200. mputer User s Manual Follow these instructions to remove the battery from the CN2B Computer Only use either the stylus or the bottom tabs on the battery door to dis lodge and remove the battery Using any other tool or method to remove the battery may damage the battery or the CN2B Computer Removing the main battery when the backup battery low or critically low icon appears on the status bar may cause your CN2B Computer to cold boot and you may lose data If you fail to replace the battery immediately you may lose important data or applications Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer To remove the battery 1 Push down on the battery door latch and pull up on the battery door Battery door latch 2 Remove the battery door and set it aside 3 Insert the stylus between the battery and the CN2B case and press straight down until the battery is released 4 Lift the battery out of the battery compartment Maximizing Battery Life e Set the Backlight Timeout to 10 seconds e Verify that Radio Power Management is enabled Fast PSP Enabling radio power management allows your radio to switch between awake and sleep modes based on network traffic e Verify that each setting under Power Management has a value of 1 minute for a combined automatic shutoff time of 3 minutes Beeper Note Each time a cold boot is performed on the CN2B Computer all L default settings are restored unless registry storage is enabled S
201. n Internet Explorer 5 0 or greater on your desktop browse to the page you want to view offline then click Tools gt Create Mobile Favorite 3 To change the link name enter a new name in the Name box 4 In the Update box select a desired update schedule to keep the page in the Mobile Favorites folder up to date You can also update content by clicking Tools gt Synchronize in Internet Explorer 5 To save the link in a subfolder of Mobile Favorites click Create In and select the desired subfolder 6 Click OK Internet Explorer downloads the latest version of the page to your desktop 7 To download the pages that are linked to the mobile favorite you just created in Internet Explorer on the desktop right click the mobile favorite then click Properties On the Download tab specify the num ber of links deep you want to download To conserve CN2B Computer memory go only one level deep 8 Connect your CN2B Computer to your desktop If synchronization between your CN2B Computer and desktop does not start in Active Sync on your desktop click Sync Mobile favorites take up storage memory on your CN2B Computer To minimize the amount of memory used e In the settings for the Favorites information type in ActiveSync options turn off pictures and sounds or stop some mobile favorites from being downloaded to the CN2B Computer For more information see Active Sync Help e Limit the number of downloaded linked pages In Interne
202. n icon to open the associated setting or program You can switch from one program to another by selecting it from the Start menu You can customize which programs you see on this menu For information see Adjusting Settings on page 31 To access some pro grams tap Start gt Programs and then the program name You can also switch to some programs by pressing a program icon Your CN2B Computer has one or more program icons located on the front or side of the computer The icons on the icons identify the programs to which they switch Note Some programs have abbreviated labels for check boxes and drop down menus To see the full spelling of an abbreviated label tap and hold the stylus on the label Drag the stylus off the label so that the command is not carried out CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 21 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 e Activesync A G Windows Media The following is a partial list of programs that are on your CN2B Com puter Look on the Windows Mobile Companion CD for additional pro grams that you can install onto your CN2B Computer Synchronize information between your CN2B Computer and desktop Keep track of your appointments and create meeting requests Keep track of your friends and colleagues Send and receive e mail messages Browse Web and WAP Wireless Application Protocol sites and down load new programs and files from the Internet Create handwritten or typed notes drawings a
203. nDevice GENERIC READ GENERIC WRITE 0 NULL OPEN EXISTING 0 NULL Lf hLoaderDev INVALID HANDLE VALUE LE Devicelocontrol lt hLoaderDev TOCIL UNLOAD NDIS MINTPORE NULL L NUET 04 amp bytesReturned NULL MessageBox NULL TEXT SYSIO IoControl Failed TEXT Network loader MB ICONHAND if hLoaderDev INVALID HANDLE VALUE CloseHandle hLoaderDev hLoaderDev INVALID HANDLE VALUE bad handle else CloseHandle hLoaderDev The API provided by Intermec exposes a limited set of routines for a pro grammer to access and affect the 802 11b g network interface card from CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 161 Chapter 7 Programming within their application The routines provided also reads writes values to the CE registry pertaining to the 802 11b g radio driver By using the pro vided functions a programmer can alter the 802 11b g parameters of Net work Name SSID WEP keys infrastructure modes radio channel and power management modes A programmer can also retrieve network con nect status and signal strength indication from the RF network card The API is contained within the 80211API DLL file that should be present in any load with the 802 11b g networking installed NETWLAN DLL This is the 802 11b g driver It is present in all CN2B CE loads that use the 802 11b g net PRISMNDS DLL work interface card 80211API DLL This file is an Intermec authored file that provides
204. nable WEP Encryption 1 Set 8021x Security as None Association to either Open if WEP keys are not required or Shared when WEP keys are required for asso ciation and Encryption to WEP page 197 2 If you had set Association to Shared then select a data transmission key from the Data TX Key drop down list near the bottom of this screen then enter the encryption key for that data transmission in the appropriate Key field Be Profile Wizard en f 1 42 ok Basic Security Advanced 021 Securit Association Encryption key 1 keys Data TX Key CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 199 Appendix A Configurable Settings PEAP Protected EAP This protocol is suitable for performing secure authentication against Win dows domains and directory services It is comparable to EAP TTLS see page 18 both in its method of operation and its security though not as flexible This does not support the range of inside the tunnel authentica tion methods supported by EAP TTLS Microsoft and Cisco both support this protocol Use PEAP to configure the use of PEAP as an authentication protocol cc en gt gt cc 39 P and to select Open WPA or Network EAP as an association mode To Enable PEAP with an Open Association 1 Set 8021x Security as PEAP and Association to Open 2 Enter your unique user name and password to use this protocol Select Prompt for pass
205. nd FkeyMeta mappings In multi key mode only one VK code can be emitted by the key MultimapTimeout is the number of milliseconds you have to press the key again before the current selection is emitted The default is 258 which equals 600ms 0 6 seconds To understand MultimapTimeout consider the numeric keypad When you press the Green C key and the 2 key you have selected the a character You have 0 6 seconds to press the 2 key again for b If you do CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 187 Chapter 7 Programming not press a key within 0 6 seconds the a is emitted If you press another key within 0 6 seconds the timeout is cancelled the a is emitted and you have 0 6 seconds to press the second key again to select a different letter Sample Registry Settings This section lists sample keypad registry settings for the numeric keypad and the scroll keypad Numeric Keypad Registry Settings HKEY LOCAL MACHINE HARDWARE DEVICEMAP KEYBD FKEYS 27 FkeyCode2 hex 08 00 FkeyCode3 hex 04 01 to enter Orange mode FkeyCode5 hex 09 00 FkeyCode6 hex 0D 00 FkeyCode7 hex 32 00 FkeyCode8 hex 38 00 FkeyCodel0 hex 01 01 FkeyCodell hex 02 01 FkeyCodel6 hex 35 00 to emit the number 5 FkeyCodel hex 34 00 FkeyCodel8 hex 36 00 FkeyCode20 hex 1B 00 FkeyCode21 hex 33 00 FkeyCode22 hex 6E 00 FkeyCode23 hex 31 00 FkeyCode24 hex
206. nd Organizing Information ES File Explorer ES 30 The Find feature on your CN2B Computer helps you quickly locate infor mation Tap Start gt Find Enter the text you want to find select a data type and then tap Go to initiate the search Note To quickly find information that is taking up storage space on your CN2B Computer select Larger than 64 KB in Type You can also use the File Explorer to find files on your CN2B Computer and to organize these files into folders Tap Start gt Programs gt File Explorer e 46109 4 File Explorer H My Device 5 Application D E CabFiles E ConnMgr Flash File Store E ftpdemds My Documents L profiles L Program Files E SSConfigDir Tap the folder name to open it Paste Shortcut Select All 3 21 03 126 Tap New Folder to create a new folder New Folder Note You can move files in File Explorer by tapping and holding the item to move and then tapping Cut or Copy and Paste on the pop up menu CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Customizing Your CN2B Computer You can customize your CN2B Computer by adjusting settings and install ing additional software Adjusting Settings You can adjust settings to suit the way you work To see available options tap Start gt Settings gt either the Personal tab or the System tab located at the bottom of the screen You might want to adjust the f
207. nd recordings Keep track of your tasks Play digital audio and video files that are stored on your CN2B Computer or on a network Navigation Bar and Command Bar 22 The navigation bar is located at the top of the screen It displays the active program and current time switches to programs and closes screens 7 E Start dr d 11 29 Le Tap to switch to a program that you recently used Today t ActiveSync ge Calendar Contacts amp Inbox Tap to switch to a program Internet Explorer I Notes Tasks G Windows Media fa Programs Tap to see more programs fr Settings perni Tap to change device settings Help Tap to see a Help topic for the current screen Use the command bar at the bottom of the screen to perform tasks in pro grams The command bar includes menu names icons and the Input Panel icon To create a new item in the current program tap New To see the name of an icon tap and hold the stylus on the icon Drag the stylus off the icon so that the command is not carried out New Edit Tools Tap to display the input panel le Tap to select icon commands Tap to select menu commands CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Pop up Menus Use pop up menus to quickly perform an action on an item For example you can use a pop up menu to delete or make a copy of an item To access a pop up menu tap and hold the item on which
208. ner returned in the parenthetical portion of its greeting shows the version number of the FTP Server as well as the MAC address serial num ber and operating system of the machine hosting the server The FTP Server supports browsing from the latest Netscape and Microsoft web browsers Drag and drop capability is available using this environ ment CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 147 Chapter 7 Programming ES The FTPDCMDS subdirectory contains commands to use from the web browser e Click EXITME BIN to execute a SITE EXIT command e Click REBOOTME BIN to execute SITE BOOT command e Use the GET command on these files to have the FIP Server execute these commands e Security A customer configurable access control list may be installed on the CN2B Computer This list will allow customers to restrict access via the FTP Server to users they wish and is in addition to default Inter mec accounts that are disabled using the FO option at runtime The access control list is named FTPDCE TXT and is placed in the same directory on the CN2B Computer as the FTPDCE EXE server The FTP Server encrypts this file to keep the information safe from unauthorized users This file is encrypted when the FTP Server is started so a file that is placed onto the CN2B Computer after the FTP Server starts will require a restart of the FTP Server to take effect The format of the FIPDCE TXT is as follows FTPDCE userl passwdl lt cr gt lt lf gt use
209. ng programs Press and hold the I O key for ten seconds then the CN2B Computer con tinues from the screen you were at before you performed the warm boot Performing a Cold Boot Z In some cases where the CN2B Computer completely stops responding it may be necessary to perform a cold boot Because this may result in data loss this procedure is not recommended unless all other recovery methods have failed Note This deletes all programs and data stored in RAM including the Object Store Make sure data is backed up to your host computer or a stor age card before performing a cold boot 1 Pull the stylus from its place in the back of the CN2B Computer Pull the stylus out A gt 2 Using the stylus press the reset button in the stylus holder Press to reset CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 11 Chapter 1 Using the CN2B Computer Software Build Version ntermec To check to see if your CN2B Computer has the latest software build select Start gt Internet Explorer gt the Intermec logo The latest software build version is displayed beneath the Version Informa tion title This information is useful should you need assistance 1 ive Internet Explorer Version Information 4 1 34 O file window s 16_OEM htm ad ntermec Software Build v4 95 Premium Patent Information This product is covered by the following US patents 4 455 525 4 955 061 4 709 202 4 757 702
210. ng the contacts in the contact list select Use large font e To increase the available space for displaying contacts in the list clear Show ABC tabs CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 49 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 HS Contacts e 46433 DARA Clear this to view more contacts per screen List view settings Show ABC tabs C Show contact names only Use large font Country Region settings Enter the three digit area code Area code Select from a drop down list Sig pean United States Edit E Tasks Keeping a To Do List 50 To switch to Tasks on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt Tasks Use Tasks to keep track of what you have to do A variety of task informa tion can display on the Today screen If you use Microsoft Outlook on your desktop you can synchronize tasks between your device and desktop Select the type of tasks to display Indicates low priority ig EAS Select the list sort order Assign tasks quickly here Priority Tap here to add a new task t Send status report Call Jonesboro Tap to display or edit MM Proof articles Create Copy Delete Task Beam Task Indicates high priority Tap hold for a pop up menu New Tools Note To change the way information is displayed in the list tap Tools gt Options Creating a Task e To create a task enter text in the Tap here to add a new task box at the top of the screen If you do not see this box
211. ng with remote devices 88 WPport 87 229 Index Books Microsoft Reader adding bookmarks 67 adding drawings 67 annotations index 67 attaching notes 67 copying 67 highlighting 67 reading 67 removing 68 searching 67 Browsing the Internet Pocket Internet Explorer 71 Build information software 12 BuildMax CEDevice 128 BuildMin CEDevice 128 C CAB files after the extraction 136 creating 126 creating INF files 126 creating with CAB Wizard 139 installation functions SETUP DLL 136 Cabinet Wizard creating CAB files 139 troubleshooting 140 using the application 126 CABWIZ EXE 126 Calendar all day events creating 39 appointments assigning to a category 41 changing 38 creating 38 setting a reminder 40 viewing 38 categories 36 options changing 43 recurrence pattern 37 Start menu icon 22 synchronizing 36 Capacitor internal super 3 Card support radios 15 card SD inserting 13 removing 14 230 Categories calendar 36 CEDevice BuildMax 128 BuildMin 128 Processor Type 127 UnsupportedPlatforms 127 VersionMax 128 VersionMin 128 CESelfRegister DefaultInstall 129 CESetupDLL DefaultInstall 129 CEShortcuts DefaultInstall 129 shortcut_list_section shortcut_filename 133 shortcut_type_flag 133 target_file_path 133 CESignature SourceDiskNames 129 Version 126 CEStrings AppName 127 InstallDir 127 Channel 802 11 radio module 198 ClassID field values VN_CLAS
212. nge connection information tap one of the Following links My ISP Add a new modem connection My Work Network Add a new modem connection Add a new YPN server connection Set up my proxy server E 2 Tap the Advanced tab gt Network Card gt the Wireless tab gt Add New Unavailable Unavailable Networks to access All Available Automatically connect to non preferred networks Network amp dapters Wireless 3 Tap the General tab then enter a network name If the network was detected the network name is entered and cannot be changed From Connects to select to what your network is to connect If you select Work you can do a vpn connection or use proxy servers If you select The Internet you can connect directly to the internet CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support To connect to an ad hoc connection select This is a device to device ad hoc connection e 46249 Configure Wireless Network gt Network name Connects to The Internet ka Gi This is a device to device ad hoc connection General Network Key 802 1x 4 Tap the Network Key tab then do the following To Disable Authentication a Set Authentication to either Open if WEP keys are not required or Shared when WEP keys are required for association b Set Data Encryption to Disabled settings e 46251 Configure Network Authentic
213. nnect e When connected via cable or cradle detach your device e When connected via Infrared move away from other computers e When connected via a wireless network switch off the connection CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 107 Chapter 4 Network Support Management Use the following tool and information to configure and manage your net work You can also contact your Intermec representative for support SmartSystems Foundation Console www intermec com SmartSystems E Intermec Settings This tool available as a free download from Intermec includes a manage ment console that provides a default method to configure and manage Intermec devices out of the box without the purchase of additional soft ware licenses This is for anyone who must configure and deploy multiple devices or manage multiple licenses Use the Intermec Settings applet to gather view and update device config uration settings within the SmartSystems Foundation Information about the settings you can configure with the Intermec Settings applet is in the Intermec Computer Command Reference Manual P N 073529 available online at www intermec com Information about the SmartSystems Foundation is available as an online help within the SmartSystems Console application Select SmartSystems gt Help in the console to access the manual See the Data Collection Resource Kit in the IDL for information about data collection functions The
214. nnect to non preferred networks your device detects new networks and provide you the opportunity to con figure them AutolP DHCP Automatic Private IP Addressing AutoIP is enabled by default in Win dows Mobile 2003 To remain compatible with other versions of Pocket PC this setting needs to be enabled You can configure the registry settings in HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Comm NETWLAN1 TcpIp to set the required AutoIP DHCP behavior CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 99 Chapter 4 Network Support we ie ES AutoInterval AutoMask AutoSubnet AutoIP and AutoSeed are other registry keys that can modify the behavior of AutoIP You can find the appropriate settings and behavior of each of these keys in Microsoft Help When a TCP IP client cannot find a DHCP server it generates an AutoIP address from the 169 254 xxx xxx block The client then tries to check for a DHCP server every 15 seconds and if a DHCP server is found the client drops the AutoIP address and uses the address from the DHCP server In the MSDN Windows CE documentation available out on the Microsoft Developer Network web site www msdn com see Automatic Client Configuration for more information on AutolIP To disable AutoIP set the AutoCfg registry entry to 0 Ifa DHCP server cannot be found instead of using AutolP the system will display the Unable to obtain a server assigned IP address message Note If you try to disable AutoIP using a CAB
215. nsupported platform Also a user is warned during the setup process if the CAB file is copied to an unsupported device Example CEDevice UNnsupportedPlattornns CEDevice SH3 UnsupportedPlatforms pltfrml is still unsupported pltfrml pltfrml is unsupported e VersionMin minor_version Numeric value returned by OSVERSIONINFO dwVersionMinor The CAB file is valid for the currently connected device if the version of this device is greater than or equal to VersionMin e VersionMax major_version Numeric value returned by OSVERSIONINFO dwVersionMajor The CAB file is valid for the currently connected device if the version of this device is less than or equal to VersionMax e BuildMin build number Numeric value returned by OSVERSIONINFO dwBuildNumber The CAB file is valid for the currently connected device if the version of this device is greater than or equal to BuildMin e BuildMax build number Numeric value returned by OSVERSIONINFO dwBuildNumber The CAB file is valid for the currently connected device if the version of this device is less than or equal to BuildMax Example This shows three CEDevice sections one giving basic information for any CPU and two specific to the SH3 and the MIPS microprocessors CEDevice A template for all platforms UnsupportedPlatforms pltfrml Does not support pitfrml The following specifies version 1 0 devices only VersionMin 1 0 VersionMax 1 0 CEDevice AR
216. nt tap Accounts gt New Account Follow the instructions in the New Account Wizard e To set up an SMS account tap Accounts gt Accounts and then tap SMS Follow the instructions on the screen CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 55 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 56 ie R SR To change options for an account tap Accounts gt Accounts then tap the name of the account and follow the instructions on the screen To delete an account tap Accounts gt Accounts tap and hold the name of the account then tap Delete Note You can set up several e mail accounts including your ActiveSync account but you can set up but not delete only one SMS account You cannot add a new account while connected Tap Accounts gt Discon nect to disconnect Downloading Messages from the Server In Inbox tap Accounts gt Connect to open a connection to the Internet or your corporate network depending on the account For more information tap Start gt Help gt Connections to see Connections Help 1 Tap Accounts and ensure that the account you want to use is selected marked by a bullet 2 Tap Connect The messages on your CN2B Computer and e mail server are synchronized new messages are downloaded to the CN2B Inbox folder messages in the CN2B Outbox folder are sent and messages that were deleted from the server are removed from the CN2B Inbox Tap a message in the message list to open it 3 If you read a message and decid
217. nto other CN2B Computers in your network If you are using DHCP no changes are necessaty If using Static IP the new CN2B Computer has the IP address of the origi nal CN2B Computer because the copied registry includes this information When you change the IP address using the Intermec Settings applet the information is lost when a warm boot is performed and the original IP address is used Load the REGFLUSH CAB file to install the Registry Save application run this application then perform a warm boot to keep the new IP address To install the Registry Save application after a cold boot is performed change the properties of the REGFLUSH CAB file to that of read only Using ActiveSync copy the CAB file to the Flash File Store Persistent Copy CabFiles folder on the CN2B Computer then perform a cold boot to load this file CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 77 Chapter 3 Installing Applications Deleting the Old Registry File a 1 On the original CN2B Computer select Start gt Programs gt File Explorer then tap My Device gt Flash File Store Scroll down to the bot File Explorer tOM of the list of files and folders press and hold your stylus in the white area beneath for a pop up menu then select View All Files Yiew All Files Paste Paste Shortcut New Folder 2 Look fora registry file If one exists select to highlight that file press and hold for a pop up menu select Delete then Yes to re
218. o Exchange or Outlook and then sent from those programs e The messages on the two computers are linked When you delete a mes sage on your CN2B Computer it is deleted from your desktop the next time you synchronize e Messages in subfolders in other e mail folders in Outlook are synchro nized only if they were selected for synchronization in ActiveSync For information on initiating Inbox synchronization or changing synchro nization settings see ActiveSync Help on your desktop or select Start gt Help gt Connections to see Connections Help Managing E mail Messages and Folders Each e mail account and SMS account has its own folder hierarchy with five default folders Inbox Outbox Deleted Items Drafts and Sent Items The messages you receive and send through the mail account are stored in these folders You can also create additional folders within each hierarchy The Deleted Items folder contains messages that were deleted on the device The behavior of the Deleted Items and Sent Items folders depends on the Inbox options you have chosen The behavior of the folders you create depends on whether you are using ActiveSync SMS POP3 or IMAP4 e If you use ActiveSync e mail messages in the Inbox folder in Outlook automatically synchro nize with your device You can select to synchronize additional folders by designating them for ActiveSync The folders you create and the mes sages you move are then mirrored on the server F
219. o it crosses the entire bar code label in one code label pass The angle you are scanning the bar code label may not be working well or you may be scanning the label straight on Try scanning the bar code label again but vary the scanning angle The bar code label print quality may be poor or unreadable To check the quality of the bar code label try scanning a bar code label that you know will scan Com pare the two bar code labels to see if the bar code quality is too low You may need to replace the label that you cannot scan Make sure the bar code symbology you are scanning is enabled Use Intermec Settings to check the symbologies If your bar code symbology is disabled enable it and then try scanning the bar code label again Note If you restored the CN2B Computer to factory default settings some of the sym bologies may be disabled Make sure that the application you are running on the com puter is expecting input from a bar code You may need to use the input panel to enter this information instead of scanning it The scanner does not read the bar The scanner window may be dirty Clean the window with a solution of ammo code labels quickly or the scan nia and water Wipe dry Do not allow abrasive material to touch the window ning beam seems faint or obscured You scan a valid bar code label to The computer may have decoded the bar code label in a symbology other than enter data for your application the label s actual s
220. o set options for server certificate validation and trust page 204 E Profile Wizard e 46157 Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit Association Encryption Get Certificates amp dditional Settings E To Enable TLS with WPA Encryption 1 Set 8021x Security as TLS and Association to WPA page 197 2 Enter a unique Subject Name and User Name as credentials 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 4 Tap Additional Settings to set options for server certificate validation and trust page 204 Ea Profile Wizard qr 2 2 01 tok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit Association Encryption Get Certificates amp dditional Settings E To Enable TLS with Network EAP 1 Set 8021x Security as TLS Association to Network EAP page 196 and Encryption to either WEP page 197 or CKIP page 196 2 Enter a unique Subject Name and User Name as credentials 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 203 Appendix A Configurable Settings 204 4 Tap Additional Settings to assign an inner TLS authentication and set options for server certificate validation and trust page 204 Ea Profile Wizard 4 aff 2 05 ok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit Association Encryption Network EAP Get Certificates Addi
221. obile Computer User s Manual Chapter 6 Scanner Support Internal Scanners The Intermec Internal Scanner feature allows Automatic Data Collection ADC by accepting data from the COMI port and wedging it into the keyboard interface You can enable or disable this feature from the Today screen on the CN2B Computer Do the following from the Intermec Settings applet Information about the settings you can configure with this applet is described in the Intermec Computer Command Reference Manual The online manual is available from the Intermec web site at www intermec com 1 From the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Intermec Settings icon Intermec Ea Intermec Settings 4 A es Settings Data Collection Communications Device Settings SmartSystems Information ION Configuration Printers File Edit View Help Es E 2 Tap the Data Collection option then tap to expand Internal Scan ner This sample screen is for the EV10 scanner model Ea Intermec Settings r i 1 08 3 Data Collection El Internal Scanner E Enable scanner port H Symbologies H Symbology Options agi Scanner Settings i amp Scanner model EW10 A Triggering mode oe Hardware trigger E Turn off after good read i El Imager Settings i E Decode Security Virtual Wedge Communications Device Settings SmartSystems Information Linear Imager Settings Depending on what is selected as the scanner model image
222. ocol 3 Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to automatically use the protocol without entering a password E Profile Wizard 4 PE ok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit LEAR Association Encryption Password DI Prompt for password Use following password EAP FAST EAP Flexible Authentication via Secured Tunnel The EAP FAST protocol is a client server security architecture that encrypts EAP transactions with a TLS tunnel While similar to PEAP it differs significantly as EAP FAST tunnel establishment is based on strong secrets unique to users These secrets are called Protected Access Credentials PACs which CiscoSecure ACS generates using a master key known only to CiscoSecure ACS Because handshakes based upon shared secrets are intrinsically faster than handshakes based upon PKI EAP FAST is the sig nificantly faster of the two solutions that provide encrypted EAP transac tions No certificate management is required to implement EAP FAST CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 209 Appendix A Configurable Settings 210 Use EAP FAST to configure the use of EAP FAST as an authentication protocol select Open WPA Network EAP as an association mode To Enable EAP FAST with an Open Association 1 2 Set 8021x Security as EAP FAST and Association to Open
223. of the registry restores most system set tings in a cold boot situation e Use the SHFullScreen API in conjunction with other APIs to make the application take up the entire display and prevent the start menu from being available e Remap keys and disable keys on the keypad e Create a custom SIP e Make changes to the registry to configure the device Should you want your CN2B Computer to display a full screen keep in mind that your computer is Pocket PC certified by Microsoft Corporation Check out resources on programming for the Pocket PC using the follow ing links These give full instructions on how to display full screen e Instructions on how to create a full screen application for eVC appli cations using an SHFullScreen API support microsoft com support kb articles Q266 2 44 asp e Instructions on how to create a full screen application for eVB applica tions also using the SHFullScreen API support microsoft com support kb articles Q265 4 51 asp FTP Server FTP support is provided through the FTP Server application FTP DCE EXE MS Windows CE Versions which is provided as part the base system FTPDCE is the Internet File Transfer Protocol FTP server process The server can be invoked from an application or command line Besides servic ing FTP client requests the FTP Server also send a network announce ment to notify prospective clients of server availability CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 14
224. ol senta 34 Mucrosott Pocket Outlook nia nisi ee wen ao edi 35 Calendar Scheduling Appointments and Meetings LL 35 Syncnronizine Calendar cod ideo risa i tea 36 Why Use Categories in the Calendar sepsis bei ey papis 36 WW Hates ame Et a is 37 What s a Recurrence Pattern LL 37 Viewing o A biisthi eeeh eli 38 Creating or Changing an Appointment LL 38 Creatine an All Day Prentice cade 39 Setting a Reminder for an Appointment 0 00000 e eee 40 Adding a Note to an Appointment 0 eee eee eee eee 40 Making an Appointment Recurring 224 2440 ir ara 4 Assigning an Appointment to a Category 41 Sendine a Meeting Reguestasicposie dt elet 42 Fili dic an APpo nte meets alt Saida 43 Deleting an Appointment ssa sasa det aiala preda eda 43 vi CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Contents Changing Calendar Options usasse ra iene lalla 43 Contacts Tracking Friends and Colleagues 0 00 ee eee eee eee 44 Creatine a COMAGCE iaia ae ee deed 44 Synchronizine Comat ropita grafo Ges alal ia 45 N ewin CONTIGS ponia dd ado 45 Creatine or Changing a Contacto sz ide Saw Dip ea oe Se 46 Adding a Note toa Contact idas ada 46 Assigning 2 Contact toa Categorie ia bee ad a 47 Cop nra Contacte said ott ida dit to 47 Sending a Message to a Contacte disp oidos 48 Pin ine aC O E A A E ce EENE ie cea 48 Delene a C OnE e oo daba 49 Addme a Contactto Speed Dial ss rouao tira eos se EE 49 Chansino
225. oller and cannot be changed without modifying the keypad firmware Keypad Scan Codes and Registry Entries Press this Key Meaning Scan Code Registry Entry Reserved 0x00 I O button 0x01 Scanner Handle Trigger 0x100 define VK_SCAN3 Scanner Left 0x03 Fkeycode9 Scanner Right 0x05 Fkeycode10 4 GHI A2 0x06 Fkeycode17 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 185 Chapter 7 Programming Keypad Scan Codes and Registry Entries continued Press this Key BkSp orange Esc v 1 7 Alpha gt 2 8 0 5 Action 3 9 ENTER 6 186 Meaning None Left arrow Back Tab None BkSp forward slash orange key None Esc minus sign Down arrow 1 Caps 7 PQRS PgUp Alpha key None Up arrow Volume increase Right arrow Tab 2 ABC 8 TUV asterisk 0 Win 5 JKL A3 None Action plus symbol 3 DEF backlight 9 WXYZ PgDn Enter at symbol 6 MNO A4 None Charge Detect LCD frontlight Ambient light Scan Code 0x07 0x08 0x09 Ox0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D Ox0E OxOF 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 Ox1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D Ox1 0x1F 0x40 0x41 0x42 0x42 Registry Entry Fkeycode2 Fkeycode2 Fkeycode3 Fkeycode20 Fkeycode8 Fkeycode23 Fkeycode27 Fkeycode24 Fkeycode7 Fkeycode5 Fkeycode7 Fkeycode8 Fkeycode26 Fkeycode16 Fkeycode21 Fkeycode25 Fkeycode6 Fkeycode18 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manu
226. ollowing H Settings e 46113 ES 9 Settings dt TERTE ES dem B Buttons Input Menus About Audio Backlight a e de Owner Password Sounds amp Certificates ClearType Clock Information Notifications Tuner Q tb Y Today Intermec Memory Power Settings wi ES Personal Personal tab System tab Menus To customize what appears on the Start menu and to enable a pop up menu from the New icon Owner Information To enter your contact information Password To limit access to your CN2B Computer Today To customize the look and information displayed on the Today screen Clock To change the time or to set alarms Power To maximize battery life Adding or Removing Programs Programs added to your CN2B Computer at the factory are stored in ROM Read Only Memory You cannot remove this software and you cannot accidentally lose ROM contents ROM programs can be updated using special installation programs with a XIP extension All other pro grams and data files added to your CN2B Computer after factory installa tion are stored in RAM Random Access Memory Install any program created for your CN2B Computer as long as there is enough memory The most popular place to find software for your CN2B Computer is on the Windows Mobile Web site www microsoft com win dowsmobile resources communities default mspx CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 31 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Adding
227. on gets the error either ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER or ERROR_INSUFFICIENT BUFFER is returned CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 153 Chapter 7 Programming ID Field Values The id field of pInBuf may be one of the following values ITC_REGISTRY_SAVE_ENABLE This function enables or disables the save registry to non volatile media feature of the RegFlushKey function pOut Buf must be set to zero FALSE if the feature is to be disabled or one TRUE if the feature is to be enabled ITC_ WAKEUP_MASK This IOCTL sets a bit mask that represents the mask for the five programmable wakeup keys The I O key is not a pro grammable wakeup key By default it is always the system resume key and all other keys are set to disable key wakeup A zero in a bit position masks the wakeup for that key A one in a bit position enables wakeup for that key pOutBuf must point to a buffer that contains a byte value of a wakeup mask consisting of the OR ed constants as defined in OEMIOCTL H Only the following keys are programmable as wakeup events define SCANNER TRIGGERI1 define SCANNER LEFT2 define SCANNER RIGHT4 define GOLD A18 define GOLD A20x10 IOCTL_HAL_GET_DEVICEID This IOCTL returns the device ID There are two types of device IDs sup ported which are differentiated based on the size of the output buffer The UUID is returned if the buffer size is set to sizeofUNIQUE_DEVICEID otherwise the oldstyle device ID is returned Us
228. on to use with your device IPSec L2TP or PPTP If you are not sure which option to choose ask your network administrator Tap Next to continue 274 Settings Er aft 7 50 Make New Connection Mame My PI YPN type i IPSec L2TP O PPTP 3 Select the type of authentication If you select A pre shared key enter the key provided by your network administrator 106 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support Authenticate IPSeciLETP connections using O A certificate on this device i 4 pre shared key i E 4 Enter your user name password and domain name as provided by your ISP or network administrator If a domain name was not provided try the connection without entering a domain name E Settings dr f 7 52 My PN amp If provided by ISP or network administrator E 5 You should not need to change any Advanced settings Instances where to change advanced settings include the server to which you are connect ing does not use dynamically assigned addresses and you need to enter your TCP IP settings or to change server DNS or WINS settings To change advanced settings tap Advanced Otherwise tap Finish Insert necessary equipment such as a network card into the device and use a desired program to automatically begin connecting Ending a Connection pi e When connected via modem or VPN tap the Connectivity icon on the navigation bar then tap Disco
229. on with the radio failed Remarks Data is only valid if ERROR_SUCCESS is returned Also if ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your USHORT reference is populated with one of the parameters listed above Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetAuthenticationMode ULONG amp else UINT GetAuthenticationMode ULONG endif GetBSSID Call this function to get the current MAC address BSSID of the service set In ESS mode this is the MAC address of the access point the radio is associated with In IBSS mode this is a randomly generated MAC address and serves as the ID for the IBSS Syntax UINT GetBSSID TCHAR Parameters Pointer to a character array which is populated with the current BSSID after a successful call Return Values ERROR SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your TCHAR array is populated with the BSSID of the current service set xx xx xx xx xx xx 164 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetBSSID TCHAR else UINT GetBSSID TCHAR endif GetDiversity Call this function to get the current diversity setting of your 802 11b g radio This uses an optional NDIS5 1 OID to query the radio of which a large number of 802 11b g devices do not support This may be inacc
230. onMode 173 NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_WPA_PSK GetAuthenticationMode 164 SetAuthenticationMode 173 NDIS_RADIO_POWER_AUTO GetPowerMode 168 SetPowerMode 174 NDIS_RADIO_POWER_MODE_CAM GetPowerMode 168 SetPowerMode 174 NDIS_RADIO_POWER_MODE_FAST_PSP GetPowerMode 168 SetPowerMode 174 NDIS_RADIO_POWER_MODE_ PSP GetPowerMode 168 SetPowerMode 174 NDIS_RADIO_POWER_ UNKNOWN GetPowerMode 168 SetPowerMode 174 NDIS_RADIO_SCANNING GetAssociationStatus 163 NDIS_SUPP_LOGGING_OFF EnableSuppLogging 180 NDIS_SUPP_LOGGING_ON EnableSuppLogging 180 NDISUIO_PACKET_DRIVER SwitchPacketDriver 180 NETWLAN DLL 162 Network adapters no networking 95 wireless 802 11 94 Network Connection icon 223 224 Network EAP EAP FAST security method 211 LEAP security method 209 PEAP security method 201 TLS security method 203 TTLS security method 206 Network type 802 11 radio module 198 nInBufSize IOCTL_HAL_ GET BOOTLOADER _VERI NFO 156 IOCTL_HAL_ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL_ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 IOCTL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION 160 nInfold NLEDGetDevicelnfo 181 NLED driver vibrator 181 238 NLED H 181 182 NLEDGetDevicelnfo 181 NLEDSetDevice 182 NLED_COUNT_INFO NLEDGetDeviceInfo 181 NLED_SETTINGS_INFO_ID NLEDGetDeviceInfo 181 NLEDSetDevice 182 NLED_SUPPORTS_INFO_ID NLEDGetDeviceInfo 181 NLEDGetDeviceInfo 181 NLEDSetDevice 182 Notes drawing on the screen 28 creating a
231. ontains information about the desired LED settings pInput Pointer to the buffer that contains the NLED_SETTINGS_INFO structure Reboot Functions There are several methods via Kernel I O Control functions that an appli cation program can use to force the CN2B Computer to reboot IOCTL HAL REBOOT IOCTL_HAL_REBOOT performs a warm boot See page 159 IOCTL_HAL_COLDBOOT Invoking with this forces a cold reboot resets the CN2B Computer reloads Windows CE as if a power up was performed and discards the contents of the Windows CE RAM based object See page 157 IOCTL_HAL_WARMBOOT This function is supported on CN2B Computers It performs a warm boot of the system preserving the object store See page 156 Remapping the Keypad tion of remapping the keypad Data within the CN2B Computer could be lost should any problems occur t4 Note Only experienced application developers should perform this func Applications have the ability to remap keys on the CN2B keypad This allows applications to enable keys that would otherwise not be available such as the F1 function key Also to disable keys that should not be avail able such as the alpha key because no alpha entry is required Use caution when attempting to remap the keypad because improper remapping may cause the keypad to become unusable This can be corrected by performing a cold boot on the device that reloads the default keymap 182 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual
232. oper s Support web site for information on network adapters Wireless 802 11 Communications When Wireless 802 11 is selected via the NDISTRAY pop up menu Built in Ethernet Wireless 307 11 No networking AutoFTP On AutoFTP DFF the Wireless 802 11 antenna icon shown to the left appears in the Win dows system tray EF Start ar d 8 41 Tuesday June 13 2006 Tap here to set owner information Ea No upcoming appointments i Mo unread messages No tasks To configure wireless 802 11 communications on the CN2B Computer ubi tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Wireless Network icon Go to wireless Appendix A Configurable Settings for information Network CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support No Networking When No networking is selected via the NDISTRAY pop up menu Built in Ethernet Wireless 802 11 No networking AutoFTP On AutoFTP DFF de the disconnected icon shown to the left appears in the Windows system tray E Start Friday March 21 2003 E Tap here to set owner information i No upcoming appointments No unread messages No tasks Network Selection APIs These APIs change the network adapter configuration programmatically Both drivers support the same IOCTL function numbers for loading and unloading the drivers Go to Chapter 7 Programming to see the APIs Network Connections q Tap St
233. or other time sensitive applications e Enable Logging Check this box to log what activity incurs for this profile E Profile Wizard ae al 8 32 ok Basic Security Advanced C Detect Rogue AFs Enable mixed cell C Allow Fast roaming OCEM Enable Logging CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 213 Appendix A Configurable Settings Other Configurable Parameters Audio Volume Automatic Shutoff Backlight Timeout Date Time Key Clicks 214 Configure the following parameters by sending reader commands through the network or from an application See next page for information Description Changes the volume of all audio signals Sets the length of time the CN2B Computer remains on with no activity When you turn on the CN2B Computer it either resumes exactly where it was when you turned it off or boots and restarts your application Sets the length of time that the display backlight remains on If you set a longer timeout value you use the battery power at a faster rate Sets the current date and time Enables or disables the keypad clicks The CN2B Com puter emits a click each time you press a key or decode a row of a two dimensional symbology Option 0 Off 1 Very quiet 2 Quiet 3 Normal default 4 Loud 5 Very loud 1 1 minute 2 2 minutes 3 3 minutes default 4 4 minutes 5 5 minutes 10 10 seconds 30 30 seconds 60 1 minute defa
234. or example if you move two messages from the Inbox folder to a folder named Family and you have designated Family for synchronization the server creates a copy of the Family folder and copies the messages into that folder You can then read the messages while away from your desktop e Ifyou use SMS messages are stored in the Inbox folder CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 e Ifyou use POP3 and you move e mail messages to a folder you created the link is broken between the messages on the device and their copies on the mail server The next time you connect the mail server sees that the messages are missing from the device Inbox and deletes them from the server This prevents you from having duplicate copies of a message but it also means that you no longer have access to messages that you move to fold ers created from anywhere except the CN2B Computer e Ifyou use IMAP4 the folders created and the e mail messages moved are mirrored on the server Thus messages are available to you anytime you connect to your mail server whether it is from your CN2B Computer or desktop This synchronization of folders occurs whenever you connect to your mail server create new folders or rename or delete folders when connected For all accounts except ActiveSync you can access folder options by tap ping Tools gt Manage Folders Connecting to a Mail Server In addition to synchronizing e mail message
235. ord preferably one that is easy for you to remember but hard for others to guess Tips for Working in Pocket Excel Note the following when working in large worksheets in Pocket Excel e View in full screen mode to see as much of your worksheet as possible Tap View gt Full Screen To exit full screen mode tap Restore e Tap View gt Zoom and select a percentage so that you can easily read the worksheet Show and hide window elements Tap View and then tap the elements you want to show or hide e Freeze panes on a worksheet to keep certain rows and columns visible as you work Select the cells then tap View gt Freeze Panes to freeze them Tap View gt Unfreeze Panes to undo this process CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 61 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 MSN Messenger 62 ES 3 MSM Messenger e Split panes to view different areas of a large worksheet Tap View gt Split Then drag the split bar to where you want it To remove the split tap View gt Remove Split e Show and hide rows To hide a row select a cell in the row you want to hide Then tap Format gt Row gt Hide To show a hidden row tap Tools gt Go To and then type a reference that is in the hidden row Then tap Format gt Row gt Unhide e Do the same to show and hide columns To hide a column select a cell in the column you want to hide Then tap Format gt Column gt Hide To show a hidden column tap Tools gt Go To and then
236. ot use this if authenticating against a Windows NT Domain or Active Directory e MS CHAP MS CHAP V2 Authenticates against a Windows Domain Controller and other non Windows user databases e PAP Token Card Use with token cards The password value entered is never cached e EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol See page 196 for information about EAP 2 If you select EAP for the inner authentication protocol then select an inner EAP protocol from the Inner EAP drop down list CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings 3 Enter the Common Names of trusted servers Note that if these fields are left blank the server certificate trust validation is not performed or required 4 Check Validate Server Certificate to verify the identity of the authenti cation server based on its certificate when using TTLS PEAP and TLS 5 Enter the Anonymous EAP TTLS Name as assigned for public usage Use of this outer identity protects your login name or identity 6 Click ok to return to the Security page Ea Profile Wizard ar ol 2 20 ok Inner TTLS Authentication EAP gt Inner EAF Certificate Settings _ Validate Server Certificate Anonymous EAP TTLS Name Ermes E To Get Certificates Certificates are pieces of cryptographic data that guarantee a public key is associated with a private key They contain a public key and the entity name that owns the key Each certificate
237. ou synchronize Unless you mark the favorite link as a mobile favorite only the link is downloaded to your CN2B Computer Connect to your ISP or network to view the content 1 In ActiveSync on your desktop click Tools gt Options and select Favorites from the Mobile Device list For more information on using ActiveSync see ActiveSync Help on the desktop 2 In Internet Explorer on your desktop save or move favorite links to the Mobile Favorites subfolder in the Favorites list via Favorites gt Organize Favorites For more information on using Internet Explorer see Internet Explorer Help on the desktop 3 Connect your CN2B Computer to your desktop If synchronization does not start automatically in ActiveSync on your desktop click Sync CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Mobile Favorites If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or later on your desktop you can download mobile favorites to your CN2B Computer Synchroniz ing mobile favorites downloads Web content to your CN2B Computer so that you can view pages while disconnected from your ISP and desktop Use the Internet Explorer plug in installed with ActiveSync to create mobile favorites quickly To create a mobile favorite 1 In ActiveSync on your desktop click Tools gt Options and select Favorites from the Mobile Device list For more information on using ActiveSync see ActiveSync Help on the desktop 2 I
238. ox Synchronized 3 Click Explore to access the Mobile Device folder on your unit 4 From your desktop select Start gt Windows Explorer then browse the C Intermec CN2B Mgmt Tools CabFiles path for any CAB files needed for your CN2B Computer Select the appropriate file right click the file for a pop up menu then select Copy 5 Within the Mobile Device directory go to the directory where you want the files located on the CN2B Computer do a right click for a pop up menu then select Paste 6 When all of the files are pasted perform a warm boot on the CN2B Computer When the computer reboots wait for the LED on the top left of your keypad to stop blinking Tap Start gt Programs gt File Explorer to locate the newly copied executable files then tap these files to activate their utilities CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 75 Chapter 3 Installing Applications Using the FTP Server The CN2B Computer has a built in FTP Server that connects to a network via 802 11b g or WAN Wireless Access Network This allows connec tions to the CN2B Computer to perform file transfers or computer man agement functions Another benefit is you can create FTP scripts to automate the process of copying files to the CN2B Computer This option is good for when a large number of CN2B Computers need updating See Chapter 7 Programming for information Copying a Secure Digital Storage Card Use these steps to install an appl
239. pecifies the number of seconds to wait before initially starting FTP server services Sets the UDP port on which the network announcement are sent Default port is 52401 Sets the port on which the FTP Server will listen for connections Default port is 21 Sets the FIP mount point to this directory Default is the root folder of the object store Sets the script name for the 6920 Communications Server to process Sets the default URL for this device Sets extended parameters to be included in the network announcement 142 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming Configurable Parameters Via the Registry Editor The following parameters receive default values during the installation of the Intermec FTP Server components A few of the parameters are visible in the registry by default but most must be created to modify the default behavior of the FTP server BlockSize Setting this parameter configures the Intermec FTP Server to transmit and receive Ethernet packets using the specified data block size By default the FIP server transmits and receives data using a 64K data block size Adjust ing this value may be useful in certain wireless TCP IP installations Key HKLM Software Intermec IFTP Value Type REG_DWORD data block size in bytes Valid Range 0x100 0x10000 256 65536 decimal Default 65536 DeviceName This parameter configures the Intermec FTP Server to include the specified device name in
240. pletion IF stylus taps become inaccurate align the touch screen Using Block Recognizer Character recognition software gives you a fast and easy method for enter ing information in any program on your CN2B Computer Letters num bers and punctuation you write are translated into typed text Mm Tap the input panel arrow then tap Block Recognizer Write a letter in the box which then is converted to typed text that appears on the screen For specific instructions on using Block Recognizer with Block Recognizer open tap the question mark next to the writing area Tap for assistance New Tools Using Letter Recognizer With Letter Recognizer you can write letters using the stylus just as you would on paper m Tap the input panel arrow then tap Letter Recognizer Write a letter in the box When you write a letter it is converted to typed text that appears on the screen For specific instructions on using Letter Recognizer with Letter Recognizer open tap the question mark next to the writing area New Tools CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 25 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Using Transcriber With Transcriber you can write anywhere on the screen using the stylus just as you would on paper Unlike Letter Recognizer and Block Recog nizer you can write a sentence then pause and let Transcriber change the written characters to typed characters Tap the input panel arrow then tap Transcriber Tap o
241. plications to collect bar code data from the scanner to configure the scanner and to configure audio and visual notification when data arrives ITCAxReaderCommand functions Use these ActiveX controls to modify and retrieve configuration infor mation using the reader interface commands Scanning EasySet bar code labels You can use the EasySet bar code creation software from Intermec to print configuration labels Scan the labels to change the scanner configu ration and data transfer settings Use the Intermec EasySet software to print configuration labels you can scan to change your configuration settings For more information see the EasySet online help EasySet is available from the Intermec Data Capture web site For more information see the Data Collection Resource Kit in the Inter mec Developer Library IDL which is available as a download from the Intermec web site at www intermec com idl Contact your Intermec repre sentative for more information Data Collection Configuration 122 You can configure scanner settings for the CN2B Computer via the Inter mec Settings applet From the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Settings gt the Intermec System tab gt the Intermec Settings icon See the Intermec Computer Com settings mand Reference Manual P N 073529 for information about the settings you can configure with this applet This online manual is available from the Intermec web site at www intermec com CN2B M
242. plications use the RegFlushkey function Enable Registry Storage Registry Save Wakeup Mask App Launch E CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 193 Appendix A Configurable Settings Wakeup Mask App Launch 194 Utilities Utilities From the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt Utili ties gt the Wakeup Mask tab to access the Wakeup Mask page This page programs three scanner buttons and the Al and A2 application keys to be wakeup or resume keys That is to prompt the CN2B Com puter to wake up or resume activity after going to sleep as a result of being inactive after a length of time This information remains between warm and cold boots Check the appropriate box then tap ok to apply Settings e i 1 22 gt TOSSE You can enable wakeup from certain keys Check the keys you want programmed as wakeup keys C Middle Scanner Button Left Scanner Button C Right Scanner Button _ GOLD 41 Application 13 GOLD 42 Application 2 Registry Save Wakeup Mask App Launch E Based on the setting do the following to wake up the CN2B Computer Middle Scanner Button Squeeze the button on the Scan Handle Left Scanner Button Squeeze the left scanner button Right Scanner Button Squeeze the right scanner button GOLD Al Application 1 Press orange period GOLD A2 Application 2 Press orange 4 From the CN2B Computer tap
243. que user name and password to use this protocol Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to auto matically use the protocol without entering a password 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 4 Tap Additional Settings to assign an inner TTLS authentication and an inner EAP and set options for server certificate validation page 206 pami Profile Wizard ar a 2 13 ok Basic Security Advanced B02 1 Securit TTLS r Association Encryption Password Prompt For password Use following password Get Certificates amp dditional Settings To Enable TTLS with WPA Encryption 1 Set 8021x Security as TTLS and Association to WPA page 197 2 Enter your unique user name and password to use this protocol Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to auto matically use the protocol without entering a password 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 4 Tap Additional Settings to assign an inner TTLS authentication and an inner EAP and set options for server certificate validation page 206 Ee Profile Wizard 4 af 2 15 ok Basic Security advanced B02 1 Securit TTLS r Association Encryption Password DI Prompt for passwo
244. r Bo Gruber Jim jgruberZ netzero e Kurth Judy heyjude0 amp 26 yah e Peanuts 1 Gruber Bah bahr linda mayo e e SportsZone 2 Bobbie Gru Gruber Bo 319 294 5321 w Enter the first few letters of the contact in question here New Yiew Tools E Deleting a Contact 1 In the contact list tap and hold the contact To select multiple contacts tap and drag Then tap and hold the selected contacts 2 On the pop up menu tap Delete Contact The next time you synchro nize the contact is deleted from the desktop also Adding a Contact to Speed Dial You can create speed dials to call frequently called numbers with a single tap Before you can create a speed dial entry for a phone number that num ber must already exist in Contacts 1 From the Phone keypad tap Speed Dial gt New 2 Tap the desired contact name and number 3 In the Location field tap the Up Down arrows to select an available location to assign as the new speed dial entry The first speed dial loca tion is reserved for your voice mail To delete a speed dial entry go to the Speed Dial list tap and hold the con tact name in the box to the right of the assigned speed dial number then tap Delete Changing Contacts Options In the contact list tap Tools gt Options e The area code and country region for new contacts are automatically entered based on the information in Country Region settings e If you are having trouble readi
245. r 5 Printer Support define IOCTL NPCP IOCTL CTL CODE FILE DEVICE SERIAL PORT 0x405 METHOD BUFFERED FILE ANY ACCESS define IOCTL NPCP PRTVER CTL CODE FILE DEVICE SERIAL PORT 0x406 METHOD BUFFERED FILE ANY ACCESS e IOCTL_NPCP_CANCEL This cancels all printing at the printer It flushes the printer buffers and re initializes the printer to its default state No parameters are required e IOCTL_NPCP_BIND This command is required before any data is sent or received by the printer Once the driver is opened the application must bind the com munications session with the printer before any data can be sent or received by the printer If an error occurs during the bind the applica tion may use IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR to get the current extended error code No parameters are required e IOCTL_NPCP_CLOSE This command closes the current session with the printer This function always returns TRUE No parameters are required e IOCTL NPCP_ERROR This command returns the extended NPCP error code in PL N format The word returned will contain the PL N compatible error code in the low byte and completion flags in the high byte If the frame that returned an error was not received correctly by the printer the FRAME_NOT_ACKED bit is set in the high byte This operation always returns TRUE An output buffer of at least two bytes is required See NPCP Error Codes on page 116 e IOCTL_NPCP_FLUSH This command allows the application to poll t
246. r Internet Message Access Protocol 4 IMAP4 mail server You need to set up an e mail account for each method that you use except for Microsoft ActiveSync which is set up by default The ActiveSync folder on your CN2B Computer stores mes sages that you send and receive through synchronization with a desktop Account names appear as folders in the folder list located on the left under the navigation bar in the Inbox message list With synchronization messages are synchronized between the device Inbox and the PC Inbox by using ActiveSync and Microsoft Exchange or Microsoft Outlook For more information see Synchronizing E mail Messages on page 54 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 53 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 54 Synchronizing E mail Messages After selecting Inbox for synchronization in ActiveSync e mail messages are synchronized as part of the general synchronization process During synchronization e Messages are copied from the Inbox folder on your desktop or the Microsoft Exchange server to the Inbox folder on your CN2B Com puter Note that you can only synchronize information directly with an Exchange Server if your company is running Microsoft Mobile Informa tion Server 2002 or later By default you receive messages from the last three days only the first 100 lines of each new message and file attach ments of less than 100 KB in size e Messages in the Outbox folder on your device are transferred t
247. r using handwriting recogni tion software e Writing Using the stylus write directly on the screen CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 23 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 24 e Drawing Using the stylus draw directly on the screen e Recording Create a stand alone recording or embed a recording into a document or note Use the input panel to enter information in any program on your CN2B Computer You can either type using the onscreen keyboard or write using Block Recognizer Letter Recognizer or Transcriber In either case the characters appear as typed text on the screen To show or hide the input panel tap the Input Panel icon Tap the arrow next to the Input Panel icon to see your choices Options Block Recognizer select i thod CAP Li start e Tel sie DOES Tap to see your choices cujad 1 Transcriber p y New Tools 2 j When you use the input panel your CN2B Computer anticipates the word you are typing or writing and displays it above the input panel When you tap the displayed word it is inserted into your text at the insertion point The more you use your CN2B Computer the more words it anticipates E Calendar Er aft 2 36 ok Subject Status Mee Location Starts 2 15 06 12 00PM Ends 2 15 06 1 00 PM All Day NO Occurs ONCE Tap a text box to display the currently selected input Reminder Remind me 15 minutes Categories Mo cate
248. r2 passwd2 lt cr gt lt lf gt user3 pas swds lt or gt lt lLE gt gt wu Note The user accounts and passwords are case sensitive Once the access control list is encrypted on the CN2B Computer the FTP Server hides this file from users Once an access control list is installed on the CN2B Com puter a new one is not accepted by the FTP Server until the previous one is removed Encrypted access control lists are not portable between CN2B Computers Stopping the FTP Server from Your Application 148 To allow application programmers the ability to programmatically shut down the FTP Server the FTP Server periodically tests to see if a named event is signaled The name for this event is ITC_IFTP_STOP no quotes For examples on how to use events consult the Microsoft Developer Net work Library at www msdn com The MSDN Library is an essential resource for developers using Microsoft tools products and technologies It contains a bounty of technical programming information including sample code documentation technical articles and reference guides CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Autostart FTP Chapter 7 Programming This automatically starts the FTP Server FTPDCE EXE when the CN2B Computer is powered on This is provided with the NDISTRAY program the Network Driver Interface Specification tray application which dis plays the popup menu that currently allows you to load and unload the net work drivers Tap
249. rage cards page 76 Wavelink Avalanche page 76 SmartSystems Console page 77 or Registry page 77 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 3 Installing Applications Using Microsoft ActiveSync ES Explore Note These instructions assume the CN2B Management Tools were installed on your desktop The Microsoft ActiveSync tool is located on the CN2B Companion CD See Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 for information about this tool as provided by Microsoft Corporation This can be a serial USB or InfraRed ActiveSync connection Files can be copied using File Explorer on a desktop or a laptop computer This is usu ally good when updating few CN2B Computers These instructions assume that Microsoft ActiveSync was installed onto your desktop and is up and running If not go to Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 for an URL from which to download the latest application 1 Connect your CN2B Computer to your desktop computer via an Active Sync cable 2 Wait for a Connected message to appear in the Microsoft ActiveSync application to signal a connection to the CN2B Computer If necessary select File gt Get Connected to initiate a connection Microsoft ActiveSync Of xj File View Tools Help 30 Sync Stop CN2B Connected Synchronized etails Explore Options Ba E Information Type Status B Contacts Synchronized Tasks Synchronized ica Favorites Synchronized 5 Inb
250. rd Use Following password Get Certificates amp dditional Settings E CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 205 Appendix A Configurable Settings 206 To Enable TTLS with Network EAP 1 Set 8021x Security as TTLS and Association to Network EAP page 196 and Encryption to either WEP page 197 or CKIP page 196 2 Enter your unique user name and password to use this protocol Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to auto matically use the protocol without entering a password 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 4 Tap Additional Settings to assign an inner TTLS authentication and set options for server certificate validation and trust page 206 Ea Profile Wizard 4 AE ok Basic Security advanced 6021 Securit Association Encryption Network EAP Get Certificates Additional Settings Additional Settings 1 Select an authentication protocol from the Inner TTLS Authentication drop down list e PAP Password Authentication Protocol A simple authentication protocol that sends security information in the clear e CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol Use of Radius to authenticate a terminal without sending security data in the clear Authenticates against non Windows user databases You cann
251. rd i Use Following password Get Certificates Additional Settings E To Enable PEAP with Network EAP 1 Set 8021x Security as PEAP Association to Network EAP page 196 and Encryption to either WEP page 196 or CKIP page 197 2 Enter your unique user name and password to use this protocol Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to auto matically use the protocol without entering a password 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 4 Tap Additional Settings to assign an inner PEAP authentication and set options for server certificate validation and trust page 202 B02 1 Securit FEAF r Association Encryption Password O Prompt for password i Use Following password Se Get Certificates Additional Settings CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 201 Appendix A Configurable Settings 202 Additional Settings 1 Select an authentication method from the Inner PEAP Authentication drop down list e EAP MS CHAP V2 Authenticates against a Windows Domain Controllre and other non Windows user databases This is Microsoft s implementation of PEAP e EAP Token Card Use with token cards The password value entered is never cached This is Cisco s implementation of PEAP e EAP MD5 Challenge Message Digest 5 secure has
252. rd 140 troubleshooting bar code symbologies 225 lost network connection after suspend 223 Network Connection icon 223 TTLS 802 11 radio module network EAP 206 WPA encryption 205 profile security information WEP encryption 204 205 Typing mode Pocket Word 58 U UDP FTPDCE 145 UDP broadcasts IDNATarget parameter 144 UDP Plus 93 Unit configuration parameters automatic shutoff 214 backlight timeout 214 date time 214 key clicks 214 volume 214 Unit Manager date time 214 Unshifted plane on keypad 183 UnsupportedPlatforms CEDevice 127 Updating bootloader 75 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Updating the system software 80 URLs ActiveSync 34 full screen display 141 MIBs 109 Microsoft Exchange email account 62 Microsoft Passport account 62 Microsoft support 20 MSDN library 148 MSDN Windows CE documentation 100 Windows Mobile 20 Windows Mobile support 20 URODDSVC EXE 162 USB communications 93 Utilities applet app launch 194 registry save 193 wakeup mask 194 UUID 154 V Version CESignature 126 Provider 126 Signature 126 VersionMax CEDevice 128 VersionMin CEDevice 128 Vibrator programming 181 Video files Windows Media Player 65 Viewing mobile favorites and channels Pocket Internet Explorer 70 Virtual wedge bar code configuration grid 219 postamble 219 preamble 219 VN_CLASS_ASIC 152 VN_CLASS_BOOTSTRAP 152 VN_CLASS_KBD 152 Volume bar code configuration 21
253. rinting again Choose COM Port items already in use are grayed out When you enable Wireless Printing a status message is shown near the bot tom of the screen to confirm your action To print a test page to your printer tap Print Test Page Check Default to set this printer to identify the assigned COM Port as the WPPort in the registry See the Bluetooth Resource Kit Users Guide for more details on WPPort CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 87 Chapter 4 Network Support Tap ok to return to the Wireless Printing page Settings Podio FEE ON Bluetooth WindowsCE2 0020e0 f1012 Choose COM Port O coma C comr O COMS O coma i COME O coma _ Enable Wireless Printing Default Printer is not enabled Print Test Page 6 File Transfer Use this page to enable your unit to receive files from another Bluetooth device or from any device that supports this function A PA iid Remote devices can discover and connect to this device to beam files contacts calendars and business cards Enable settings e 46226 Bluetooth D Enable for 3 minutes Disable Wireless Printing File Transfer ZIO E Connecting with Bluetooth Note While these instructions apply to many Bluetooth devices these instructions use the Nokia 3650 for example purposes Before you connect to the network make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your CN2B Computer so you can discover and connect to remote
254. ritten messages Tap to display the address book Tap to access Recording toolbar Edit My Text P E Note If you are sending an SMS message and want to know if it was received before sending the message tap Edit gt Options gt Request SMS text message delivery notification You can directly call the sender of an SMS message by tapping the SMS icon then selecting Call Note Depending on the e mail address options that you select you can use a directory service in addition to your contact list to verify names Companion Programs Pocket Word mw The companion programs consist of Microsoft Pocket Word Microsoft Pocket Excel Windows Media Player and Microsoft Reader To switch to a companion program on your CN2B Computer tap Start gt Programs Pocket Word works with Microsoft Word on your desktop to give you access to copies of your documents You can create new documents on your CN2B Computer or you can copy documents from your desktop to your CN2B Computer Synchronize documents between your desktop and your CN2B Computer to have up to date content in both locations Creating a Document Use Pocket Word to create documents letters meeting minutes etc To create a new file tap Start gt Programs gt Pocket Word gt New for either a Pocket blank document or a template depending on what you have selected under Word Tools gt Options Select an input mode from the View menu CN2B Mobile Computer
255. rkbooks such as expense reports and mileage logs To create a new file tap Start gt Programs gt Pocket Excel gt New A Pocket Excel blank workbook appears Or if you have selected a template for new work books in the Tools gt Options dialog that template appears with appropri ate text and formatting already provided You can open only one workbook at a time when you open a second workbook save the first You can save a workbook you create or edit in a variety of formats including Pocket Excel PXL and Excel XLS You can also save a workbook as a template by moving the workbook to the Templates folder Pocket Excel contains a list of the files stored on your CN2B Computer Tap a file in the list to open it To delete make copies of and send files tap and hold a file in the list Then select the appropriate action from the pop up menu Pocket Excel provides fundamental spreadsheet tools such as formulas functions sorting and filtering Tap View gt Toolbar to see the toolbar 9 Pocket Excel ef 421107 Cell contents appear here as you tab through them 7 MN ss ess us ria za 7 25 12 51 E so ee AAA y y y y AE OO E 22l E ii se New Edit Yiew Format Tools E Note If your workbook contains sensitive information you can protect it ES with a password To do so open the workbook tap Edit gt Password Every time you open the workbook enter a passw
256. rmine which Intermec build of Windows Mobile 2003 is on your unit Where to Find Information This chapter describes your CN2B Computer hardware provides an over view of the programs on your CN2B Computer and explains how to con nect your CN2B Computer to a desktop a network or the Internet For instructions on setting up your CN2B Computer and installing Active Sync see the Quick Start Guide The following is a guide to more informa tion to assist you use your CN2B Computer See this Source Programs on the mobile computer This chapter and mobile computer Help To view Help tap Start gt Help Additional programs that can be The Windows Mobile Companion CD installed on the mobile computer Connecting to and synchronizing The Quick Start Guide or ActiveSync Help on your desktop To view Help with a desktop click Help gt Microsoft ActiveSync Help Last minute updates and detailed The Read Me files located in the Microsoft ActiveSync folder on the desktop technical information and on the Windows Mobile Companion CD Up to date information on your www microsoft com windowsmobile resources communities default mspx Windows Mobile Windows Mobile and many of the technologies supported by the CN2B Computer are not from Intermec Many of the utilities and features on a Windows Mobile device come directly from Microsoft without any modifi cation from Intermec There may be certain Microsoft specific issues that Interme
257. rmissions are not set to GENERIC_WRITE Closing the DTR Driver Using the CloseHandle hFile function closes the DTR driver Where hFile is the handle returned by the CreateFile function call e TRUE indicates the device is successfully closed e FALSE indicates an attempt to close a NULL HANDLE or an already closed device Writing to the DTR Driver You can use the WriteFile function to send all Print data to the printer The print data being written must contain the proper formatting printer commands DTR Printer Communications AII DTR printer communications should be based on the following flow 1 Use CreateFile to open the printer driver 2 Use WriteFile to write your data to the printer Check for errors and that all data were written 3 Use CloseHandle to close the driver 118 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 5 Printer Support Configuring PB42 Printers Via Intermec Settings Tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt the Intermec Settings icon to E access the applet Tap to expand the Printers option then tap to Intermec expand the PB42 Settings option and make your adjustments Settings Eg 1ntermec Settings r f 1 47 x Data Collection Communications Device Settings SmartSystems Information ION Configuration Printers EEPE42 Settings H Bluetooth H Printer Action Select a Printer gt Firmware Upgrade Printer Component Versions CN2B Mobile Computer
258. rrocess s2BxerLle Jy iL iC UESSELA Perro Ss SZEX ile Joname gt i Mi 4 thDeviceProcessID peProcess th32ProcessID break jJ7 end LE while Process32Next hProcList amp peProcess LE Get les ChE LO ERROR NO MORE FILES yr 2060 ETODEVLCS LOCO SSL Je E CloseToolhelp32Snapshot hProcList return FALSE EJ end TE CloseToolhelp32Snapshot hProcList return TRUE y IsProcessRunning code INSTALI INIT Install Init HWND hwndParent BOOL fFirstCall BOOL fPreviouslyInstalled EBCTSTR pszinscallpaiy return codeINSTALL INIT CONTINUE COdSINSTALL EXIT Install Exit HWND hwndParent LEETSTR pszinstallpar CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 137 Chapter 7 Programming WORD cFailedDirs WORD cFailedFiles WORD cFalledRegKeys WORD cFailedRegVals WORD cFailedShortcuts HANDLE h TCHAR Ssrcrile MAX PATH TCHAR dstiile MAS PATH JS if cFailedDirs cFailedFiles cFailedRegKeys CFailedRegVals cFailedShortcuts return codeINSTALL EXIT UNINSTALL if IsProcessRunning L autocab exe h CreateFile L Windows _ resetmeplease txt GENERIC READ GENERIC WRITE 0 NULL CREATE ALWAYS FILE ATTRIBUTE HIDDEN NULL if h INVALID HANDLE VALUE CloseHandle h else 7 Couldn t create the file Lf it failed because the file already exists Lt is mot fatal Otherwise notify user of the inability to re
259. rs Tap and hold an icon to see its name CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 43 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 e Ifyou are having trouble reading the calendar select Use large font You may see less appointment information e 46339 Pri ive Calendar Tap this to view larger text Options Ist day of week 5 day week gs ul Show half hour slots Show week numbers Use large Font Set reminders For new iterns CE sla Week view The Show icons consist of Reminder Recurs Note Location Attendees Private Show icons Send meeting requests via ActiveSync Contacts Tracking Friends and Colleagues To switch to Contacts on the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Contacts Contacts maintains a list of your friends and colleagues so that you can eas ily find the information you are looking for whether you are at home or on the road You can enter both personal and business information If you use Microsoft Outlook on your desktop you can synchronize con tacts between your CN2B Computer and your desktop Select the category of contacts you want displayed HN Contacts 4 aff 3 54 ES REINA Tap and enter part of a name to quickly find it Fab cde fan ik mn opa est vw xy Jasa Jaz JazHotShots aol c e a Joel Kurth jkurth the ark com e Tap to display or edit contact details Kdn73053 a Pe Klees Dottie dale klees mecleod Foeth dade hoviyde0826 yah
260. rs in the note If you are creating a stand alone recording it appears in the note list 3 To play a recording tap the recording icon in the open note or tap the recording in the note list Note To quickly create a recording hold down the Record hardware icon When you hear the beep begin your recording Release the icon when you are finished The new recording is stored in the open note or as a stand alone recording if no note is open Playing a Recording To play a recording tap it in the list or tap its icon in the note E Tasks E 12 58 Indicates an embedded recording Tap to show or hide the recording toolbar CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 29 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Using My Text When using Inbox or MSN Messenger use My Text to quickly insert pre set or frequently used messages into the text entry area To insert a message tap My Text and tap a message e To quickly add common messages tap My Text then tap a message e To edit a My Text message tap Tools gt Edit My Text Messages Tap the message to edit and enter new text at the bottom of the screen e 46103 To Adam Subj Finance Meeting Hi can you meet at 2 007 Tap to select a prewritten message Yes Mo Thanks Please call my mobile Please call my assistant T ll be right there I m running late I ll get back to you I love my Pocket PCI Edit My Text 3 Finding a
261. rver 2002 or later New items entered in a location are copied to another during synchroniza tion Handwritten notes and drawings are saved as pictures when synchro nizing with the desktop but are removed when synchronizing with a server For information on synchronization see ActiveSync Help on the desktop Viewing Contacts The contact list displays the contact name and the first primary phone number or e mail address specified for that contact Contacts are ordered by name of contact or company Tap the default letter home w ork mobile or e mail to the right of the contact to see additional phone numbers and e mail addresses Use your up down controls on your keypad to select a contact then press the left right controls on your keypad to change the default num ber displayed as a letter to the right of the contact name To see more contact information tap the contact To see a list of available actions for a contact via a pop up menu tap and hold the contact To see a list of contacts employed by a specific company tap View gt By Company Then tap the desired company name CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 45 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 46 Note You can change the appearance of the contact list by tapping Tools gt Options 9 Contacts e 46405 X all Contacts y fab cde fah Lk Imm oca rst vw ye Gruber Bobbie W E 319 294 5321 Work Tel 319 393 6071 Home Tel 319 329 4393
262. s 12 Intermec Resource Kits www intermec com IDLD 12 Stornara da adds 13 Wireless Network SUPPO risas E a ELA AAA a 15 PS O A II A 16 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual V Contents Physical and Environmental Specifications LL 16 2 Windows Mobile 2003 e nce nees 19 SONN ae Buld RO PIE ETICO REATI SETE ida INIT 20 Where to Find Information 20 AA A O 21 HOLA io E io 21 OA dr A N SE ds 21 Navigation Baranda Command Bator oi it iaa 22 Popp Menus cc sario Aaa 25 IN GIG AIO ING 4 sa toteri ontario pic ess da 23 Eten nto nao ida suce pb pb epa PORRE ae platen eae ale des 23 Typing With the Onscreen Keyboard sis ais 24 Usino BlockRecosnizck carita soa e a t 25 Usine Leiter RECOSNIZET cobos balsa bro para 25 sine Transcrber a a a Y A a 26 NN A are sia eae out watts Adan a ees Bache 26 WU isti he he Ae E 26 Selecting the WHd ad Seed 26 Converting Writing to Textos ed it ia 27 Drane onte Sere an ie 28 Creatina DINNE paros a oe yaw ths eee ie da 28 Selecting A ile es Bees 29 Recording Message 25203 nado eet aida tad bac bees 29 Creatine a RECOrd Ine scores aupa deta rra gts iaa 29 Playing a Recordiness u2cica eee ee aa rara 29 UN E ST O lisa 30 Finding and Organizing Information LL 30 Customizing Your CN2B Computer sses parer ea 31 A li 31 Addin amp orRemovins Prosrams csssrociisresite ssaa fonia ali 31 MictosoltActiveS y DE er ion ibi espan
263. s Select a bonded Bluetooth phone to use as a dialup modem Press New to bond with a new Bluetooth Device Mokia3650 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 91 Chapter 4 Network Support 8 Enter the appropriate number as it should be dialed for your Bluetooth connection then tap Next to continue 274 Settings Er aff 5 02 Enter the number exactly as it should be dialed Include any extra numbers such as an outside line or credit card IF vou travel or change area codes often use dialing rules E 9 Enter the user name password and domain required for your Bluetooth device then tap Finish User name Password If provided by ISP or network administrator 1231 2 3 4 5 6 7 8jo 0 Tabjajwje rjt yvjujijo p E 1 CaPla sjd fjojh j k 1 shift 2 x c v bjnjm F cuja ji te Now you can establish a connection to your network via the Internet Explorer application To disconnect tap the Connectivity icon in the top menu bar then select Disconnect Local Area Networks By default the CN2B Computer comes with a 802 11b g radio and Blue tooth The CN2B Computer is capable of supporting 802 1 1i security requirements The CN2B Computer is a versatile mobile computer that you can easily add to your wired or wireless data collection network You can connect your CN2B Computer to your network using e USB communications e 802 11b g radio communications 92
264. s that are defined in the Intermec MIBs You can set the traps identification or security configuration parameters for SNMP 110 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual D Printer Support The CN2B Mobile Computer works with the following printers from Intermec Contact an Intermec representative for information about these printers 6820 Portable or Fixed Mount 80 Column Printer PB20 2 Belt Mount Printer with a Bluetooth compatible module from Socket Communications PB40 4 Belt Mount Printer with a Bluetooth compatible module from Socket Communications PB42 4 Printer CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 111 Chapter 5 Printer Support Printing ASCII Directly to a Port The methods for printing using Pocket PC at this time are as follows e Add port drivers to print ASCII directly to the port e Use LinePrinter ActiveX Control from the Printing Resource Kit via the Intermec Developer Library IDL available as a download from the Intermec webs site at www intermec com idl Contact your Intermec representative for more information e Via wireless printing see the Bluetooth Resource Kit Users Guide for more information Printing directly to the port sends RAW data to the printer The format of this data depends upon your application and the printer capabilities You must understand the printer commands available for your specific printer Generally applications just send raw ASCII text to the printer Since
265. s with your desktop you can send and receive e mail messages by connecting to an e mail server using a network card connected to your CN2B Computer You need to set up a remote connection to a network or an ISP and a connection to your e mail server For more information see Remote Access Modems on page 100 When you connect to the e mail server new messages are downloaded to the CN2B Computer Inbox folder messages in the CN2B Computer Out box folder are sent and messages that were deleted on the e mail server are removed from the CN2B Computer Inbox folder Messages that you receive directly from an e mail server are linked to your e mail server rather than your desktop When you delete a message on your CN2B Computer it is also deleted from the e mail server the next time you connect based on the settings selected in ActiveSync You can work online or offline When working online you read and respond to messages while connected to the e mail server Messages are sent as soon as you tap Send which saves space on your CN2B Computer When working offline once you have downloaded new message headers or partial messages you can disconnect from the e mail server and then decide which messages to download completely The next time you connect Inbox downloads the complete messages you have marked for retrieval and sends the messages you have composed Setting Up or Changing an Account e To set up a POP3 or IMAP4 e mail accou
266. same area without infringement Intermec recommends using security measures with wireless networks to prevent unauthorized access to your network and to ensure your privacy of transmitted data The following are required elements for secure networks e Authentication by both the network and the user e Authentication is cryptographically protected e Transmitted data There are many schemes available for implementing these features Below are terms you may encounter when configuring wireless networks e CKIP Cisco Key Integrity Protocol This is Cisco s version of the TKIP protocol compatible with Cisco Air net products e EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol 802 11b g uses this protocol to perform authentication This is not nec essarily an authentication mechanism but is a common framework for transporting actual authentication protocols Intermec provides a num ber of EAP protocols for you to choose the best for the network e TKIP Temporal Key Integrity Protocol This protocol is part of the IEEE 802 11b g encryption standard for wireless LANs which provides per packet key mixing a message integ rity check and a re keying mechanism thus overcoming most of the weak points of WEP This encryption is more difficult to crack than the standard WEP Weak points of WEP include e No Installation Vector IV reuse protection e Weak keys or no key updates e No protection against message replay e No detection of message
267. scanning for an available network This call can take quite a while to process depending upon the length of the scan list and how long it takes to find a valid network you may wish to call it from a separate thread UINT StartScanList None ERROR_SUCCESS when successful Call this function to start the scan list functionality of the system ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_StartScanList Felse UINT StartScanList endif StartSupplicant Call this to start the supplicant service if it is installed on the system UINT StartSupplicant None ERROR_SUCCESS when successful None ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING T UINT PFN_StartSupplicant UINT StartSupplicant endif StopSupplicant Call this function to stop the supplicant service UINT StopSupplicant None ERROR SUCCESS when successful None ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_StopSupplicant else UINT StopSupplicant endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming isDHCPEnabled Call this to determine whether DHCP is enabled on the current adapter UINT isDHCPEnabled None TRUE if DHCP is enabled FALSE if it is not None ifdef DYNAMIC_
268. set the device and they will have to perform it manually after all of the installations are complete end if else DWORD dret h CreateFile L SYI1 GENERIC WRITE GENERIC READ Os NULLE OPEN EXISTING FILE ATTRIBUTE NORMAL NUEL Y Force a warm start NOW dice A a INVALID HANDLE VALUE Devicetocont ol Ti IOCTL TERMINAL RESET NULL Op NULL Oy 4arety NULL Won t return but we ll show clean up anyway CloseHandle h else ki Coulda t access SYSIO Notify user F end if y end if return codeINSTALL EXIT DONE codeUNINSTALL INIT UNtASCALL meet HWND hwndParent 138 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming LPCTSTR pszinstallpir 4 TODO Perform the reverse of INSTALL INIT here return codeUNINSTALL INIT CONTINUE codeUNINSTALL EXIT Uninstall Exit HWND hwndParent TODO Perform the reverse of INSTALL EXIT here return codeUNINSTALL EXIT DONE The system software looks for the following directory structure and files on the installed media card whether it be a Secure Digital card or embedded flash file system No other folders need exist 2577 autorun exe Z57 autorun dat 2577 autocab exe 2577 autocab dat cabfiles cab Creating CAB Files with CAB Wizard After you create the INF file and the optional SETUP DLL file use the CAB Wizard to create the CAB file The command line syntax for
269. system CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 81 Chapter 3 Installing Applications 4 Note The upgrade will fail if the CN2B Computer is not connected to external power For help see Accessories on page 16 When the CN2B Computer finishes booting you may use it You have reset the CN2B Computer to its default configuration You need to set the date and time and to set its network communications parameters to rees tablish communications with the other devices in the wireless network Using the SmartSystems Console to Upgrade the CN2B Computer 82 You can use the SmartSystems Console to upgrade the operating system on your CN2B Computer The console is part of SmartSystems Foundation and is available from the Intermec web site via the Intermec Developer Library IDL Before you can upgrade your computer you need e the SmartSystems Foundation To download SmartSystems Foundation go to www intermec com idl and open the Device Management page e the device upgrade exe file This file is available from the Intermec web site at www intermec com Go to Service amp Support gt Downloads Make sure the file you select is for your language 1 Install SmartSystems Foundation on your desktop PC then open the console 2 Make sure the console and CN2B Computers are on the same subnet 3 Make sure your CN2B Computers are either in a CN2B Communica tions Dock or charging dock or that power management is disabled
270. t Explorer on the desktop right click the mobile favorite you want to change and then Properties In the Download tab specify 0 or 1 for the number of linked pages you want to download CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 69 Chapter 2 Windows Mobile 2003 Using AvantGo Channels AvantGo is a free interactive service that gives you access to personalized content and thousands of popular Web sites You subscribe to AvantGo channels directly from your CN2B Computer then synchronize your CN2B Computer and desktop or connect to the Internet to download the content Visit the AvantGo website for information Tap the Add or Remove link to add or remove channels Do the following to synchronize an AvantGo channel 1 In Pocket Internet Explorer on your CN2B Computer tap Ww to dis play your list of favorites 2 Tap the AvantGo Channels link 3 Tap Activate 4 Follow instructions on the screen Synchronize the CN2B Computer with the desktop then tap My Channels to complete the setup 5 When synchronization is complete tap the AvantGo Channels link in your list of favorites to see a few of the most popular channels Using Pocket Internet Explorer You can use Pocket Internet Explorer to browse mobile favorites and chan nels that were downloaded to your CN2B Computer without connecting to the Internet You can also connect to the Internet through an ISP or a network connection and browse the Web Ea A 2 23 ey file
271. t the current power savings mode of the radio UINT GetPowerMode ULONG e NDIS_RADIO_POWER_MODE_CAM Continuous Access Mode ie always on Power Saving Mode Unknown power mode Auto Fast PSP good savings fast ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT_ FAILED if a connection with the radio failed If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your ULONG reference is populated with one of the parameters listed above ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetPowerMode ULONG amp else UINT GetPowerMode ULONG amp endif t4 Note Do not use Automatic Switching mode at this time GetRSSI Call this function to get the current RSSI Radio Signal Strength Indica tor in Dbm Syntax UINT GetRSSI ULONG amp Parameters References a ULONG that is populated with the current RSSI after a successful call Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your ULONG reference contains the RSSI Valid RSSI range is from 100 Dbm to 30 Dbm Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetRSSI ULONG amp else UINT GetRSSI ULONG 82 endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Chapter 7 Programming
272. ta Encryption to WEP page 197 or TKIP page 196 and enter the new Network key E Settings ee 46737 Configure Network Authentication dd Authentication Data Encryption CE The Key is provided for me automatically Key index Network Key 602 1x E 98 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support 5 Tap the 802 1x tab select either PEAP or Smart Card or Certificate for the EAP type then tap Properties to adjust its settings E settings e 46739 gt Configure Network Authentication amp Use IEEE 802 1 network access control EAF type Smart Card or Certificate Network Key 802 1x E 6 Tap ok to return to the Configure Wireless Network screen 7 From the Networks to access drop down list select All Available Only access points or Only computer to computer depending on the type of networks to which you connect To connect only to networks you have already configured clear Auto matically connect to non preferred networks Tap ok to close this screen H Settings e 46747 Configure Wireless Networks gt Add Mew j tsunami Available i No SSID Available i Tiedemann Azib Available gt Bric Available i pupa Available e syvoxdema Available Networks to access All Available C Automatically connect to non preferred networks Wireless Network amp dapters E Note If you select to automatically co
273. tampering CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings e WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encryption With preconfigured WEP both the client CN2B Computer and access point are assigned the same key which can encrypt all data between the two devices WEP keys also authenticate the CN2B Computer to the access point unless the CN2B Computer can prove it knows the WEP key it is not allowed onto the network WEP keys are only needed if they are expected by your clients There are two types available 64 bit 5 character strings 12345 default and 128 bit 13 character strings 1234567890123 Enter these as either ASCII 12345 or Hex 0x3132333435 e WPA Wi Fi Protected Access This is an enhanced version of WEP that does not rely on a static shared key It encompasses a number of security enhancements over WEP including improved data encryption via TKIP and 802 11b g authenti cation with EAP Configuring Your Wireless Network To start 802 11b g communications on the CN2B Computer tap Start gt Settings gt the System tab gt Wireless Network to access the Profile Wizard Wireless for the 802 11b g radio module Network A profile contains all the information necessary to authenticate you to the network such as login name password or certificate and protocols by which you are authenticated You can have up to four profiles for different networks For example you may have dif
274. the CAB Wizard is as follows Cabwiz exe inf file dest dest directory err error file cpu cpu type cpu_type A batch file located in lt program gt directory with the following com mands works well Cabwizvexe C appsort lt program gt lt int file name gt cd appsoft lt program gt inf_file The SETUP INF file path dest_directory The destination directory for the CAB files If no directory is specified the CAB files are created in the inf_file directory error_file The file name for a log file that contains all warnings and errors that are encountered when the CAB files are compiled If no file name is specified errors are displayed in message boxes If a file name is used the CAB Wizard runs without the user interface UI this is useful for automated builds cpu_type Creates a CAB file for each specified microprocessor tag which is a label used in the Win32 SETUP INF file to differentiate between different microprocessor types The cpu parameter fol lowed by multiple cpu_type values must be the last qualifier in the command line CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 139 Chapter 7 Programming Example This example creates CAB files for the ARM and MIPS microprocessors assuming the Win32 SETUP INF file contains the ARM and MIPS tags Cabwiz exe cr myfile int ere my lle exrr cpu arm mips Note CABWIZ EXE MAKECAB EXE and CABWIZ DDF Windows L CE files availa
275. the COREDLL DLL file To use the LED functions declare these as extern C as follows extern C BOOL WINAPI NLEDGetDeviceInfo UINT nInfold VOL pPoultput extern C BOOL WINAPI NLEDSetDevice UINT nDeviceld void pInput The LEDs are enumerated for access through the data structures associated with these APIs Notification LED 0 Alpha Lock LED 2 Scanner LED 3 or Low Battery 4 Usage include nled h Syntax BOOL NLEDGetDeviceInfo UINT ninfold void pOutput Parameters nInfold Integer specifying the information to return These values are defined Indicates the pOutput buffer specifies the number of LEDs on the device NLED_SUPPORTS_INFO_ID Indicates the pOutput buffer specifies information about the capabilities supported by the LED Indicates the pOuzput buffer contains information about the LED current settings pOutput Pointer to the buffer to which the information is returned The buffer points to various structure types defined in nled h depending on the value of n d as detailed in the following table Structure in pOutput NLED_COUNT_INFO NLED_SUPPORTS_INFO NLED_SETTINGS_INFO CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 181 Chapter 7 Programming NLEDSetDevice Usage include nled h Syntax BOOL NLEDSetDevice UINT nDeviceld void pInput Parameters nDeviceld Integer specifying the device identification The following is defined C
276. the antenna icon in the System Tray of the Today screen a sample antenna icon is shown below tor this pop up menu STA iyo Start Y Tuesday June 13 2006 Tap here to set owner informatio i No upcoming appointments No unread messages Antenna The default is to start the FTP Server at boot time unless the following reg istry entry is defined and set to 0 which disables AutoFTP 1 enables the AutoFTP The entry can be set from the NDISTRAY pop up menu by selecting either AutoFTP On or AutoFTP Off HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Software Intermec Ndistray StartupIFTP These new entries are located below the selections to load the network driv ers If the StartupIFTP registry key is not defined the FTP Server is loaded by default to provide out of the box capability for customers who want to begin loading files to the CN2B Computer without prior configuration Note If a network driver is unloaded using the NDISTRAY pop up menu and the FTP Server is running the FTP Server is stopped On a resume if AutoFTP is enabled and the FTP Server is running it is stopped and restarted NDISTRAY uses a helper application named RESE TIFTP to implement the restart on resume feature To do an AutoFTP Installation Check 1 Ensure the FTP Server is running out of the box the first time 2 Tap Start gt Today to access the Today screen then tap the antenna icon in the System Tray to bring up the NDISTRAY pop up menu Sele
277. the printer DeviceloControl functions are provided where data is to be received from the printer Writing to the NPCP Driver All Print data can be sent to the printer using the WriteFile function The print data written to the driver must contain the proper printer commands for formatting If the function returns FALSE the NPCP error may be retrieved using IOCTL_NPCP_ERROR See the description on the next page NPCP Driver 1 0 Controls An application uses the DeviceloControl function to specify an printer operation to perform Certain I O controls are required to bind and close communication sessions with the printer and must be completed before any other commands to the driver can execute properly The function returns TRUE to indicate the device successfully completed its specified I O control operation otherwise it returns FALSE The follow ing I O control codes are defined define IOCTL NPCP CANCEL CTL CODE FILE DEVICE SERIAL PORT 0x400 METHOD BUFFERED FILE ANY ACCESS define IOCTL NPCP BIND CTL CODE FILE DEVICE SERIAL PORT 0x401 METHOD BUFFERED FILE ANY ACCESS define IOCTL NPCP CLOSE CTL CODE FILE DEVICE SERIAL PORT 0x402 METHOD BUFFERED FILE ANY ACCESS define IOCTL NPCP ERROR CTL CODE FILE DEVICE SERIAL PORT 0x403 METHOD BUFFERED FILE ANY ACCESS define IOCTL NPCP FLUSH CTL CODE FILE DEVICE SERIAL PORT 0x404 METHOD BUFFERED FILE ANY ACCESS 114 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapte
278. the programmer with a set of API calls to configure or monitor status of the 802 11b g network 80211CONF EXE This is the Control Panel for configuring the 802 11b g network parameters Note that it is an EXE file and is actually called by CPL802 CPL see below CPL802 CPL A control panel application that does nothing but call 80211 CONF EXE 80211SCAN EXE Internally manages the Scan List activity 802PM DLL This handles profile management for radio configurable values URODDSVC EXE This handles radio configuration and security authentication based on a selected profile The Profile Manager supports up to four radio configuration profiles These profiles are the same as those set by the Wireless Network applet that runs on the Windows CE unit You can configure different 802 11b g pro files and switch between them using the 802 11 API See the ConfigurePro file function on page 176 for more information Basic Connect Disconnect Functions These functions are available when using the 802 11b g radio module RadioConnect Connects to the available radio Use this function if you plan on using a lot of API calls that talk directly to the radio Note that the 802 11b g radio must be enabled via NDISTRAY before you can connect to it Syntax UINT RadioConnect Parameters None Return Values ERROR SUCCESS when successful otherwise ERR CONNECT FAILED Remarks Call this function before calling other functions found within this
279. the radio Do not con fuse this with GetNetworkMode UINT GetNetworkType ULONG er NDIS_NET_TYPE_FH Indicates this is a frequency hopping radio Indicates that this is a direct sequence radio Indicates this radio is unknown or undefined ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR CONNECT FAILED if a connection with the radio failed If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your ULONG reference is populated with one of the parameters listed above ifdef DYNAMIC LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetNetworkType ULONG amp else UINT GetNetworkType ULONG amp endif GetSSID Call this function to get the desired SSID of the 802 11b g radio Syntax UINT GetSSID TCHAR Parameters Pointer to a character array which is populated with the current SSID when successful Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your TCHAR array is populated with the desired SSID Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetSSID TCHAR else UINT GetSSID TCHAR endif Note Call RadioConnect before this function for this function to work L properly CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 167 Chapter 7 Programming Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions 168 GetPowerMode Call this function to ge
280. ting File Transfer ZIO E 86 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 4 Network Support Wireless Printing Use this tab to print via Bluetooth devices Tap Device Discovery to dis cover or scan for remote Bluetooth devices When the CN2B Computer is finished scanning any newly discovered devices appear in the upper Devices box Tap Clear Devices to remove the list from the Devices box To print to a Bluetooth device select any of the devices listed in the Devices box then tap Connect Once connected the selected device moves to the lower Connected box To view connection information or register a COM port for a device from the lower Connected box select a device then tap Properties See Proper ties below for information When done printing to a device select that device in the Connected box then tap Disconnect This moves the device in question back to the upper Devices box 55 Settings Podio PESO Bluetooth Devices Wh Things 0020e07 f Device Discovery Clear Devices Connect i s Connected WindowsCE2 00202071 ps Mode Wireless Printing File Transfer af 4 gt E Properties Select a COM Port from the Choose COM Port box to register for this device then check Enable Wireless Printing to complete the COM port registration To change your COM port selection clear uncheck the Enable Wireless Printing box select a new COM port then check Enable Wireless P
281. ting a profile 197 EnableSuppLogging 180 EnableWep 171 EnableZeroConfig 177 EncryptionStatus 172 Ending a connection 107 Environmental specifications 16 Epson Escape Sequences 112 ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM 151 IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 EXITME BIN 148 Expansion slot specifications 16 F Favorite links Pocket Internet Explorer 68 File Explorer adding programs to Start menu 33 File Transfer Protocol See FTP file_list_section 232 CopyFiles destination_filename 131 flags 131 source_filename 131 DestinationDirs 130 filename SourceDiskFiles 130 files accessing on the SD card 14 Find feature Windows Mobile 30 fingerprints cleaning 226 Flash File Store packaging an application 74 Flash file system utilities applet 193 Folder behavior connected to email server ActiveSync 54 IMAP4 55 POP3 55 SMS 54 FRAME_NOT_ACKED 115 FTP client 145 configurable parameters 143 BlockSize 143 DeviceName 143 DeviceURL 143 IDNATarget 144 ManifestName 144 PauseAtStartup 144 Root 144 FTPDCMDS subdirectory 148 heartbeat 145 RTC 959 147 server 145 installing applications 76 server requests CDUP 145 CWD 145 DELE 145 HELP 145 LIST 145 MKD 145 MODE 145 NLST 145 NOOP 145 PASS 145 PWD 145 QUIT 145 RETR 145 RMD 145 RNFR 145 RNTO 145 CN2B Mobile Comp
282. tional Settings Additional Settings 1 Check Validate Server Certificate to verify the identity of the authenti cation server based on its certificate when using TLS 2 Enter the Common Names of trusted servers Note that if these fields are left blank the server certificate trust validation is not performed or required 3 Click ok to return to the Security page E Profile Wizard Podio EST Certificate Settings _ Validate Server Certificate E TTLS EAP Tunneled TLS This protocol provides authentication like EAP TLS see page 202 but does not require certificates for every user Instead authentication servers are issued certificates User authentication is done using a password or other credentials that are transported in a securely encrypted tunnel established using server certificates EAP TTLS works by creating a secure encrypted tunnel through which you present your credentials to the authentication server Thus inside EAP TTLS there is another inner authentication protocol that you must configure via Additional Settings Use TTLS to configure the use of EAP TTLS as an authentication proto col and select Open WPA or Network EAP as an association mode CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings To Enable TTLS with an Open Association default configuration 1 Set 8021x Security as TTLS and Association to Open 2 Enter your uni
283. to review technical information or to request technical support for your Intermec product CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual XV Before You Begin Telephone Support These services are available from Intermec Technologies Corporation In the U S A and Canada call 1 800 755 5505 and Description choose this option Order Intermec e Place an order 1 and then choose 2 products e Ask about an existing order Order Intermec media Order printer labels and ribbons 1 and then choose 1 Order spare parts Order spare parts 1 or 2 and then choose 4 Technical Support Talk to technical support about 2 and then choose 2 your Intermec product Service e Geta return authorization 2 and then choose 1 number for authorized service center repair Request an on site repair tech nician Service contracts e Ask about an existing con 1 or 2 and then choose 3 tract e Renewa contract e Inquire about repair billing or other service invoicing ques tions Outside the U S A and Canada contact your local Intermec representative To search for your local representative from the Intermec web site click Contact Who Should Read This Document The CN2B Mobile Computer Users Manual is written for the person who is responsible for installing configuring maintaining and troubleshooting the product Before you install and configure your product you should be familiar with your network and general networking terms such as IP ad
284. tring containing infor mation about the interface if Type 1 3 6 1 2 1 2 2 1 3 ifIndex Interfaces Table ifTable An integer containing informa tion about the type of the inter face It is equal to 1 for Other CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 109 Chapter 4 Network Support MIB Object Identifiers MIB II Item OID Group or Table Description ipAdEntAddr 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 1 IpAddress IP address Table The IP address to which this ipAddrTable entry s addressing information pertains same as CN2B IP address where IP Address is the valid non zero IP address of the CN2B Computer ipAdEntIfIndex 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 2 IpAddress IP address Table Index value that uniquely identi ipAddrTable fies the interface that this entry is applicable same as ifIndex ipAdEntNetMask 1 3 6 1 2 1 4 20 1 3 IpAddress IP address Table The subnet mask associated with ipAddr Table the IP address of this entry same as Subnet Mask Configuring with SNMP The community string allows an SNMP manager to manage the CN2B Computer with a specified privilege level The default read only or read write community string is public and private See the specific configu ration parameter for its OID 1 Configure CN2B Computers for RF or Ethernet communications 2 Determine the OID Object Identifier for the parameter to change The Intermec base OID is 1 3 6 1 4 1 1963 3 Use your SNMP management station to get and set variable
285. tted Platies barata a iS a 183 Orange Pla a eo ad 183 Alpha Green Ll e dE 184 Locating the Registry Settings for Your Key Values ooooooooooo 184 How Key Values Are Stored in the Registry scissioni 184 Chance Notilicatony o alsoit dial bedded ee A E ee das 185 Advanced Keypad Remapping tipica oda is 185 SOA Odes Semele hee EA AT Wi o aia lee aii dica 185 Understanding Keypad Attributes att chen ste evasi 187 Creaune Multiple Key Debnitionis sposi ritratto dado 187 Sample Resistry SEOS scri rs patos e 188 Numeric Keypad Registry Settings LL 188 Scroll Keypad Registry Settings ps toc fot fatte 188 A Configurable Settings cece eee 191 Contotration Parameters gt dino4omedud a Lao epiteto deco cas 192 Internice Settines Applets ass rere avectee eee eee Cees ee a ee ea eee 192 Wes Apple si ie 193 TR COAG VC ova a anes oars ate silts ts ous dto te Epa 193 Wakeup MEE au tub ua dan aes 194 A agi Label 194 Wireless NetworeApplet su ss patti solcata Ra 195 About the Wireless Network iii 196 ACPO OO Ye BS sng pesca ts a e Meanie eee dah tha ob tee oe 196 Configuring Your Wireless Network 22 Vi spie legale Soles 197 Basta de A AA be Oe dee Oi ee eS 198 SECU tna cir eel ee ete atte Ree seed eS 198 o itinere 212 Other Configurable Parameters oranin ee a si Cit odie Rime 214 Ustmo Reader Command rca o o e o El 215 Change Cont curan ig asta astas ares 215 Set lime a Daitarn idea diede 216
286. ucceeds Returns FALSE if the function fails GetLastError may be used to get the extended error value lOCTL_HAL_WARMBOOT Causes the system to perform a warm boot The object store is retained Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL WARMBOOT LPVOID lpInBuf DWORD niInBufSize LPVOID lpOutBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpByteskReturned Parameters IpInBuf IpInBufSize IpOutBuf nOutBufSize Return Values None Should be set to NULL Should be set to zero Should be NULL Should be zero CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 7 Programming IOCTL_HAL_COLDBOOT Causes the system to perform a cold boot The object store is cleared Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelIoControl IOCTL HAL COLDBOOT LPVOID IpInBuft DWORD nInBufs1ze LPVOLID 1p0utBuf DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpByteskReturned Parameters IpInBuf Should be set to NULL IpInBufSize Should be set to zero IpOutBuf Should be NULL nOutBufSize Should be zero Return Values None IOCTL_HAL_GET_RESET_INFO This code allows software to check the type of the most recent reset Usage include oemioctl h Syntax BOOL KernelloControl IOCTL HAL GET RESET INFO LPVOID IpInBufr DWORD minBurSize LPVOLD L pPOUEBUE DWORD nOutBufSize LPDWORD lpBytesReturned Parameters IpInBuf Should be set to NULL IpInBufSize Should be set to zero IpOutBuf Must point to
287. ult 120 2 minutes 180 3 minutes 240 4 minutes 300 5 minutes Date Year 0000 9999 1999 Month 1 12 6 Day 1 31 1 Time Hour 0 23 0 Minute 0 59 00 Second 0 59 00 0 Disable clicks 1 Enable soft key clicks 2 Enable loud key clicks default CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings Using Reader Commands After the CN2B Computer is connected to your network you can send the CN2B Computer a reader command from an application to perform a task such as changing the time and date Some reader commands temporarily override configuration settings and some change the configuration settings Change Configuration The Change Configuration command must precede any configuration command If you enter a valid string the CN2B Computer configuration is modified and the computer emits a high beep To send the Change Config uration command through the network use the command syntax where command is the two letter command syntax for the configuration command followed by the value to be set for that command You can also make changes to several different commands by using the S command command n syntax There are seven configuration command settings that you can change in this way See each command for information on respective acceptable data values Syntax Audio Volume BVdata Automatic Shutoff EZdata Backlight Timeout DE data Key Clicks KCdat
288. update CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 3 Installing Applications To use Avalanche to remotely manage the CN2B Computer 1 Install software packages and updates for the CN2B Computer using the Avalanche Management Console For help using the console see the online help 2 Schedule the CN2B Computer updates or manually initiate an update using the Avalanche Management Console For information on using Wavelink Avalanche contact your local Intermec representative or visit the Wavelink web site at www wavelink com Using the SmartSystems Console 4m You can use the SmartSystems Console to drag and drop Intermec applica 3 tions onto your CN2B Computers The CN2B Computer ships with the SmartSystems client loaded on it The console is part of SmartSystems Foundation and is available from the Intermec web site To download SmartSystems Foundation go to www intermec com idl and open the Device Management page To use SmartSystems Console to install an application 1 Download your application file from the Intermec web site and unzip it on your desktop 2 From the SmartSystems Console drag and drop the application onto each CN2B Computer discovered in your network For information on using the SmartSystems Console see its online help Replicating Settings Using the Registry The following information updates the registry on your CN2B Computer confirms the registry update then copies the information o
289. urate Syntax UINT GetDiversity USHORT Parameters None Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks If ERROR_SUCCESS is returned your USHORT reference is popu lated with one of the parameters listed above Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetDiversity USHORT else UINT GetDiversity USHORT endif GetLinkSpeed Call this function to get the current link speed of the 802 11b g radio Syntax UINT GetLinkSpeed int e Parameters This accepts an int reference and your int is populated with the cur rent link speed in Mbps rounded to the nearest whole integer for example 2 ere Return Values ERROR_SUCCESS when successful ERR_QUERY_ FAILED when the query failed or ERR_CONNECT_FAILED if a connection with the radio failed Remarks Data returned is valid if ERROR_SUCCESS is returned Definitions ifdef DYNAMIC_LOADING typedef UINT PFN_GetLinkSpeed int amp else UINT GetLinkSpeed int amp endif CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 165 Chapter 7 Programming Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions 166 GetMac Call this function to get the MAC address of the 802 11b g radio Syntax Parameters Return Values Remarks Definitions UINT GetMac TCHAR Pointer to a character array which is populated with the
290. urrence pattern Calendar 37 REGFLUSH CAB 77 RegFlushKey 141 RegisterDevice 113 DIR printing 117 Registry confirm the new regisry file 79 delete the old registry save 78 79 FTP Server parameters 143 keypad remapping 184 replicating settings 77 save location IOCTL_HAL ITC_WRITE_SYSPARM 153 update other computers 79 Registry Save applet 193 Registry settings AutoCfg 100 AutoFTP 149 AutoInterval 100 AutoIP DHCP 99 DhcpMaxRetry 100 DhcpRetryDialogue 100 keypad driver 184 keypad planes alpha 184 orange 184 unshifted 184 RegOpenKeyEx 184 RegQueryValueEx 184 RegSetValueEx 184 Regulatory approvals specifications 17 RemoveWep 176 removing battery 15 SD card 14 Removing drivers DTR 117 NPCP 113 Removing programs Windows Mobile 31 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual RenewDHCP 179 Replicating registry settings 77 Reset button 11 ResetRadio ToSystemSave 180 Resource kits Bluetooth 86 data collection 7 108 122 192 printing 112 smartsystems 82 URL 12 REC 959 147 Roaming Microsoft security 213 Root FTP Server 144 RPM EXE 130 RPMCE212 INI 130 S Sample code NPCP printing 116 SanDisk SD cards 13 Scan codes 185 Scanner beeper volume turning it off 7 turning iton 6 specifications 17 unit configuration parameters automatic shutoff 214 backlight timeout 214 date time 214 key clicks 214 volume 214 utilities configuration button wakeup mas
291. uter User s Manual STTE 146 SITE ATTRIB 146 SITE BOOT 146 SITE COPY 146 SITE EKEY 147 SITE EVAL 147 SITE EXIT 146 SITE GVAL 147 SITE HELP 146 SITE KILL 146 SITE LOG 147 SITE PLIST 147 SITE PVAL 147 SITE RUN 147 SITE STATUS 147 SITE TIMEOUT 147 STOR 145 SYST 145 TYPE 145 USER 145 XCUP 145 XCWD 145 XMKD 145 XPWD 145 XRMD 145 stopping server from application 148 support 145 web browsers 147 FTPDCE EXE 145 148 AutoFTP 149 FTP Server 141 FTPDCE TXT 148 FTPDCMDS subdirectory FTP support 148 G GDI approach 112 GetAssociationStatus 163 GetAuthenticationMode 164 GetBSSID 164 GetCCxXStatus 170 GetCurrentDriverName 179 GetDiversity 165 GetLinkSpeed 165 GetMac 166 GetNetworkMode 166 GetNetworkType 167 GetPowerMode 168 GetRadioIpAddress 170 GetRSSI 168 GetSSID 167 Getting connected ISP 100 to an ISP 101 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index creating a modem connection 101 Windows Mobile 100 GetTXPower 169 GetWepStatus 169 Good Read light troubleshooting 224 H HAL verion of Pocket PC IOCTL_HAL _GET_BOOTLOADER_VE RINFO 155 IOCTL_HAL_GET_OAL_VERINFO 155 Headset jack external 2 Helper functions 176 Highlighting text Microsoft Reader 67 host computer not receiving data troubleshooting 2293 l I O controls NPCP driver 114 ID field values IOCTL_HAL ITC_READ_PARM ITC_NVPARM_80211_INSTALLED 152 ITC_NV
292. with may not be communi cating with the server Make sure your access point is turned on properly config ured and has 802 1x security enabled The CN2B Computer indicates Make sure that that it is not authenticated e The User Name and Password parameters on your CN2B Computer match the user name and password on your authentication server You may need to re enter the password on both your CN2B Computer and the authentication server On your authentication server the user and group are allowed and the group policy is allowed to log in to the server For help see the documentation for your authentication server software The IP address and secret key for your access point must match the IP address and secret key on your authentication server You may need to re enter the IP address and secret key on both your access point and authentication server e The authentication server software is running on the server PC The CN2B Computer indicates Make sure that the CN2B IP address host IP address subnet mask and default that it is authenticated but it does router are properly configured for your network not communicate with the host You are setting up multiple access The CN2B Computer does not save WEP key values when you change the SSID points in a network with different Re enter the WEP key value after you change the SSID and save your changes SSIDs and the connection fails You should now be able to connect to the different ac
293. word to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to auto matically use the protocol without entering a password 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 4 Tap Additional Settings to assign an inner PEAP authentication and set options for server certificate validation and trust page 202 Ea Profile Wizard 4 aff 1 51 ok Basic Security advanced 6021 Securit FEAF r Association Encryption Password DI Prompt for password i Use Following password Get Certificates amp dditional Settings E To Enable PEAP with WPA Encryption 1 Set 8021x Security as PEAP and Association to WPA page 197 2 Enter your unique user name and password to use this protocol Select Prompt for password to have the user enter this password each time to access the protocol or leave Use following password as selected to auto matically use the protocol without entering a password 3 Tap Get Certificates to obtain or import server certificates page 207 4 Tap Additional Settings to assign an inner PEAP authentication and set options for server certificate validation and trust page 202 200 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings Ea Profile Wizard 4 aff 1 52 ok Basic Security Advanced 6021 Securit FEAF r Association Encryption Password O Prompt for passwo
294. work type select the channel on which you are communicating with others in your network There are up to 11 channels available e SSID Network Name This assumes the profile name unless another name is entered in this field If you want to connect to the next available network or are not familiar with the network name enter ANY in this field Consult your LAN administrator for network names e Enable Power Management Check this box to conserve battery power default or clear this box to disable this feature ie Profile Wizard 4 aff 1 48 ok Basic Security Advanced Profile Label Profile_1 Network type Channel SSID Network Name INTERMEC Enable Power Management Security The following are available from the 8021x Security drop down list Note that the last five methods are available if you have purchased the security pack age Contact your Intermec representative for information e None next paragraph e PEAP page 200 198 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Appendix A Configurable Settings TLS page 202 TTLS page 204 LEAP page 208 EAP FAST page 209 None Use None to disable 802 11b g Security and enable WEP encryption To Disable 802 1x Security Set 8021x Security as None Association to Open and Encryption to None Ea Profile Wizard an aff 1 41 ok Basic Security advanced Dix Securit Association Encryption To E
295. workMode 174 NDIS_NET_MODE_ESS GetNetworkMode 166 SetNetworkMode 174 NDIS_NET_MODE_IBSS CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index GetNetworkMode 166 SetNetworkMode 174 NDIS_NET_MODE_UNKNOWN GetNetworkMode 166 SetNetworkMode 174 NDIS_NET_TYPE_DS GetNetworkType 167 NDIS_NET_TYPE_FH GetNetworkType 167 NDIS_NET_TYPE_OFDM_2 4G GetNetworkMode 166 SetNetworkMode 174 NDIS_NET_TYPE_OFDM_5G GetNetworkMode 166 SetNetworkMode 174 NDIS_NET_TYPE_UNDEFINED GetNetworkType 167 NDIS_NETWORK_EAP_MODE_OFF GetCCXStatus 170 SetCCXStatus 175 NDIS_NETWORK_EAP_MODE_ ON GetCCXStatus 170 SetCCXStatus 175 NDIS_POWER_LEVEL_1 GetTXPower 169 NDIS_POWER_LEVEL_15 GetTXPower 169 NDIS_POWER_LEVEL_30 GetTXPower 169 NDIS_POWER_LEVEL_5 GetTXPower 169 NDIS_POWER_LEVEL_63 GetTXPower 169 NDIS_POWER_LEVEL UNKNOWN GetTXPower 169 NDIS_RADIO_ASSOCIATED GetAssocationStatus 163 NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_ AUTO GetAuthenticationMode 164 SetAuthenticationMode 173 NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_ERROR GetAuthenticationMode 164 SetAuthenticationMode 173 NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_OPEN GetAuthenticationMode 164 SetAuthenticationMode 173 NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_SHARED GetAuthenticationMode 164 SetAuthenticationMode 173 NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_WPA GetAuthenticationMode 164 SetAuthenticationMode 173 237 Index NDIS_RADIO_AUTH_MODE_WPA_NONE GetAuthenticationMode 164 SetAuthenticati
296. ws Mobile 2003 Tips for getting good recognition e Write neatly e Write on the lines and draw descenders below the line Write the cross of the t and apostrophes below the top line so they are not confused with the word above Write periods and commas above the baseline e For better recognition increase the zoom level to 300 by using the Tools menu Recognition does not work well below a 150 zoom level e Write the letters of a word closely and leave big gaps between words so the CN2B Computer can easily tell where words begin and end e Hyphenated words foreign words that use special characters such as accents and some punctuation cannot be converted e If you add writing to a word to change it such as changing a 3 to an 8 after you attempt to recognize the word the writing you add is not included if you attempt to recognize the writing again Drawing on the Screen You can draw on the screen in the same way that you write on the screen The difference between writing and drawing on the screen is how you select items and how they are edited For example you can resize selected draw ings while you cannot resize writing Creating a Drawing e After your first stroke wait for a drawing box to appear around the area you marked Subsequent strokes in or touching the drawing box become part of the drawing Drawings that do not cross the borders of the box are considered writing ES Tasks e i 12 32 ok T
297. ymbology Try scanning the bar code label again Make sure The data decoded by the CN2B you scan the entire label Computer does not match the To operate the computer quickly and efficiently you should only enable the bar data encoded in the bar code code symbologies that you are going to scan label Sending the CN2B Computer to Intermec for Service If you send the CN2B Computer in for service it is your responsibility to save the computer data and configuration Intermec is responsible only for ensuring that the keypad and other hardware features match the original configuration when repairing or replacing your computer For help understanding your warranty and finding help see Global Ser vices and Support on page xv You may be asked for the version of the operating system running on your CN2B Computer For help finding this information see Software Build Version on page 12 CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual 225 Appendix B Troubleshooting the CN2B Computer Cleaning the Scanner Window and the Touch Screen 226 AN Caution To keep the computer in good working order you may need to clean the scanner window and touch screen with a solution of ammonia and water You can clean the scanner window and the touch screen as often as needed for the environment in which you are using the computer You can help keep the touch screen clean by using the stylus instead of your fingertip to tap the screen
298. you are sending data to the printer from your application directly to the port you are in complete control of the printers operations This allows you to do line printing print one line at a time rather than the page format printing offered by the GDI approach It is also much faster since data does not have to be converted from one graphics format to the other display to printer Most Intermec printers use Epson Escape Sequences to control print format operations These commands are available in documentation you receive with your printers or from technical support Win32 APIs are required to print directly to the port Directly to a Generic Serial Port To print directly to a generic serial port printer non Intermec printers e Use CreateFile to open ports COMI can open on most devices e Use WriteFile to send data directly to the printer e Use CloseHandle when you are finished printing to close the port NPCP Printer Driver 112 The NPCP printer communications driver NPCPPORT DLL is a Stream Device Driver built into the operating system The driver supports only NPCP communications to and from the 6820 Printers over a selected serial port All applications use WIN32 API functions to access the drivers Basic oper ations are easily implemented by applications through the CreateFile WriteFile ReadFile DeviceIOControl and CloseHandle Win32 APIs CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Chapter 5 Print
299. you want to perform the action When the menu appears tap the action to perform or tap anywhere outside the menu to close the menu without performing the action e 46221 63 Copy Lift the stylus and tap the action you want Rename lE CabFiles Delete L Persistent Co Send via E mail a System Beam File FSA PP LaF E ReadmeSupp 5 5 05 4 66K E SR05145001 3 21 03 7058 Tap and hold to display the pop up menu Tap outside the menu to close it without performing an action Edit Open E m a Notifications When you have something to do your device notifies you in a variety of ways For example if you have set up an appointment in Calendar an e mail message arrives or a friend sends you an instant message you are noti fied in any of the following ways e A message box appears on the screen e A sound which you can specify is played e A light flashes on your CN2B Computer You can choose the notification types Entering Information You can enter information on your CN2B Computer in several ways depending on the type of device you have and the program you are using e Synchronizing Using Microsoft ActiveSync synchronize or copy information between your desktop and CN2B Computer For more information on Active Sync see ActiveSync Help on your desktop e Typing Using the input panel enter typed text into the CN2B Computer either by tapping keys on the onscreen keyboard o
300. ys utilities applet 194 Application launch applet 194 AppName CEStrings 127 Appointments Calendar assigning to a category 41 changing 38 creating 38 setting a reminder 40 viewing 38 ASCII printing 112 printing to a port port print method 112 raw text to printer 112 ASN 1 109 Asset management DeviceURL parameter 143 Attaching notes to text Microsoft Reader 67 Audio files Windows Media Player 65 Audio system external headset jack 2 microphone 2 speaker 2 AutoCab CN2B Mobile Computer User s Manual Index command line syntax 83 AutoFTP 149 AutoIP 99 Automatic Private IP See AutoIP Automatic shutoff bar code configuration 214 217 configuration parameter 214 Autostart FTP 149 Avalanche 76 AvantGo channels Pocket Internet Explorer 70 B Backlight timeout bar code configuration 214 218 configuration parameter 214 Bar code configuration audio volume 214 automatic shutoff 214 backlight timeout 214 key clicks 214 Bar codes configuration audio volume 216 automatic shutoff 217 backlight timeout 218 Code 39 216 key clicks 218 internal scanner supported symbologies 124 scanning labels 216 Basic connect disconnect functions 162 Battery capacity 17 low battery conditions 3 RAM maintenance 4 specifications 17 status 3 battery removing 15 Beeper silencing the volume 7 volume turning it on 6 BlockSize FTP Server 143 Bluetooth accessing 86 activating 86 connecti

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

GBC Calculator 210X  CIPPATRICE - bl  TC200 User Manual  Techsolo TC-85BK computer case  プリンスチェンジャー  PS-67Cs  EVBUM2212 - USB-LIN Interface V3 Evaluation Board User's Manual  DMP3 + DMP4 Eng.indd  Bedienungsanleitung Teichpumpen ARTIKEL 51000  らくらくホン ベーシックS かんたん操作ガイド FOMA F883iS  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file